WO2016117382A1 - Information processing device, information processing method, and program - Google Patents

Information processing device, information processing method, and program Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2016117382A1
WO2016117382A1 PCT/JP2016/050448 JP2016050448W WO2016117382A1 WO 2016117382 A1 WO2016117382 A1 WO 2016117382A1 JP 2016050448 W JP2016050448 W JP 2016050448W WO 2016117382 A1 WO2016117382 A1 WO 2016117382A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
user
information
context
unit
presentation
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2016/050448
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
宮嵜 充弘
一憲 荒木
Original Assignee
ソニー株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by ソニー株式会社 filed Critical ソニー株式会社
Publication of WO2016117382A1 publication Critical patent/WO2016117382A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06QINFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q30/00Commerce
    • G06Q30/02Marketing; Price estimation or determination; Fundraising
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06FELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F16/00Information retrieval; Database structures therefor; File system structures therefor

Definitions

  • the present technology relates to an information processing device, an information processing method, and a program.
  • the present technology relates to an information processing device, an information processing method, and a program that can appropriately present information to a user.
  • Patent Document 1 it is not possible to optimize the content and presentation method of the recommended content in response to a situation that changes from moment to moment depending on user behavior.
  • This technology has been made in view of such a situation, and enables information to be appropriately presented to the user.
  • the information processing apparatus includes a context acquisition unit that acquires information about a user's context, and a selection unit that selects presentation information that is information to be presented to the user based on the user's context; And a presentation control unit that controls the presentation information presentation method based on the context of the user.
  • the selection unit can select the presentation information based on the user's preference for each context.
  • the learning unit can learn the preferences of each user by changing the context classification method for each user.
  • a learning unit that learns the user's preference with respect to the presentation method may be further provided for each user context, and the presentation control unit may control the presentation method based on a learning result of the learning unit.
  • the presentation control unit can select the means for transmitting the presentation information based on the user's context.
  • the transmission means can be any of text, still image, moving image, audio, or a combination thereof.
  • the user's context may include at least one of a context related to time, a context related to a place, and a context related to the user's behavior.
  • the user's context may include a person who is with the user, and the selection unit may select the presentation information based on at least the person who is with the user.
  • the user's context may include the type of device that the user uses to present the presentation information, and the presentation control unit may control the presentation method based on at least the type of the device.
  • the selection unit displays the presentation information based on the context of the user for each of two or more viewpoints based on a distribution of reaction information, which is information indicating a predetermined reaction by the user among information presented to the user. Can be selected.
  • the presentation information can be selected for each of at least two or more viewpoints among the third viewpoint based on the distribution and the fourth viewpoint based on the distribution based on the popularity of the reaction information.
  • An information processing method includes a context acquisition step of acquiring information related to a user's context, and a selection step of selecting presentation information that is information to be presented to the user based on the user's context; And a presentation control step for controlling the presentation information presentation method based on the context of the user.
  • the program according to the first aspect of the present technology includes a context acquisition step of acquiring information related to a user's context, a selection step of selecting presentation information that is information to be presented to the user based on the context of the user, Based on a user's context, a computer is made to perform the process including the presentation control step which controls the presentation information presentation method.
  • An information processing apparatus controls a presentation method of presentation information, which is information presented to the user, based on a context acquisition unit that acquires information related to the user's context and the user's context.
  • a presentation control unit controls a presentation method of presentation information, which is information presented to the user, based on a context acquisition unit that acquires information related to the user's context and the user's context.
  • the information processing apparatus selects a presentation information that is information to be presented to the user based on a context acquisition unit that acquires information about the user's context and the user's preference for each context. And a selection unit.
  • information related to a user's context is acquired, and based on the user's context, presentation information that is information to be presented to the user is selected, and based on the user's context, the The presentation information presentation method is controlled.
  • information related to the user's context is acquired, and based on the user's context, a method of presenting presentation information that is information to be presented to the user is controlled.
  • information related to a user's context is acquired, and presentation information that is information to be presented to the user is selected based on the user's preference for each context.
  • information can be appropriately presented to the user.
  • FIG. 1 is a block diagram illustrating an embodiment of an information processing system to which the present technology is applied. It is a block diagram which shows the structural example of the function of a server. It is a block diagram which shows the structural example of the function of a client. It is a flowchart for demonstrating an information acquisition process. It is a flowchart for demonstrating an information analysis process. It is a flowchart for demonstrating an information presentation process. It is a figure which shows the 1st example of the screen shown in a client. It is a figure which shows the 2nd example of the screen shown in a client. It is a figure which shows the 3rd example of the screen shown in a client. It is a figure which shows the 4th example of the screen shown in a client. It is a figure which shows the 5th example of the screen shown in a client. It is a block diagram which shows the structural example of a computer.
  • Embodiment 2 modes for carrying out the present technology (hereinafter referred to as embodiments) will be described. The description will be given in the following order. 1. Embodiment 2. FIG. Modified example
  • FIG. 1 shows an embodiment of an information processing system 1 to which the present technology is applied.
  • the information processing system 1 is configured to include a server 11 and clients 12-1 to 12-n.
  • the server 11 and the clients 12-1 to 12-n are connected to each other via the network 13 and communicate with each other.
  • the communication method of the server 11 and the clients 12-1 to 12n can adopt any communication method regardless of wired or wireless.
  • the server 11 provides a search / recommendation service for searching and recommending various information and objects to users who use the clients 12-1 to 12-n. Further, the server 11 provides the clients 12-1 to 12-n with application programs (hereinafter referred to as a search / recommendation service APP) necessary for using the search / recommendation service, as necessary.
  • a search / recommendation service APP application programs
  • the clients 12-1 to 12-n are used when each user uses a search / recommendation service provided by the server 11, for example.
  • the clients 12-1 to 12-n may be of any embodiment as long as they can use the search / recommendation service.
  • the clients 12-1 to 12-n are smartphones, tablets, mobile phones, portable information terminals such as notebook personal computers, wearable devices, desktop personal computers, game machines, video playback devices, music playback devices, etc. Consists of.
  • the wearable device for example, various types such as a glasses type, a watch type, a bracelet type, a necklace type, a neckband type, an earphone type, a headset type, and a head mount type can be adopted.
  • the server 11 searches and recommends articles such as news.
  • clients 12-1 to 12-n are simply referred to as clients 12 when there is no need to distinguish them individually.
  • FIG. 2 shows a configuration example of functions of the server 11.
  • the server 11 is configured to include an information collection module 111, an information editing module 112, a language analysis module 113, a topic analysis module 114, an information personalization module 115, and an information integration module 116.
  • the information collection module 111 is configured to include an input unit 121, an information collection unit 122, a display unit 123, and a storage unit 124.
  • the input unit 121 includes various input devices such as a keyboard, a mouse, a button, a switch, a pointing device, and a microphone.
  • the input unit 121 is used, for example, for inputting commands and data to the information collection module 111, and supplies the input commands and data to the information collection unit 122.
  • the information collection unit 122 is configured by, for example, a processor.
  • the information collection unit 122 collects articles to be presented to the user from other servers (not shown) via the network 13 and supplies information related to the collected articles to the management unit 181 of the information integration module 116.
  • the display unit 123 includes, for example, a display, and displays a screen for using the information collection module 111.
  • the storage unit 124 is configured by a storage device, for example, and stores data and the like necessary for the processing of the information collection unit 122.
  • the information editing module 112 includes an input unit 131, an information editing unit 132, a display unit 133, and a storage unit 134.
  • the input unit 131 includes various input devices such as a keyboard, a mouse, a button, a switch, a pointing device, and a microphone.
  • the input unit 131 is used, for example, for inputting commands and data to the information collection module 111, and supplies the input commands and data to the information editing unit 132.
  • the information editing unit 132 is configured by, for example, a processor.
  • the information editing unit 132 acquires information on articles collected by the information collection module 111 from the management unit 181 and performs information editing.
  • the information editing is, for example, to exclude malicious articles or articles on a website with a security problem, or to preferentially select an article recommended to the user.
  • the information editing unit 132 supplies information indicating the result of information editing to the management unit 181.
  • the display unit 133 is configured by, for example, a display and displays a screen for using the information editing module 112.
  • the storage unit 134 is configured by a storage device, for example, and stores data and the like necessary for the processing of the information editing unit 132.
  • the information acquisition module 101 includes the information collection module 111 and the information editing module 112.
  • the language analysis module 113 is configured to include a language analysis unit 141 and a storage unit 142.
  • the language analysis unit 141 is constituted by, for example, a processor.
  • the language analysis unit 141 acquires metadata of each article from the management unit 181 and performs language analysis of each article.
  • the language analysis unit 141 supplies the result of language analysis to the management unit 181.
  • the storage unit 142 is constituted by a storage device, for example, and stores data and the like necessary for the processing of the language analysis unit 141.
  • the topic analysis module 114 is configured to include a topic analysis unit 151 and a storage unit 152.
  • the topic analysis unit 151 includes, for example, a processor.
  • the topic analysis unit 151 acquires the language analysis result of each article from the management unit 181 and performs topic analysis of each article based on the result of the language analysis.
  • the topic analysis unit 151 supplies the topic analysis result of each article to the management unit 181.
  • the storage unit 152 is configured by a storage device, for example, and stores data and the like necessary for the processing of the topic analysis unit 151.
  • the language analysis module 113 and the topic analysis module 114 constitute the clustering unit 102.
  • the information personalization module 115 is configured to include a selection unit 161, a learning unit 162, and a storage unit 163.
  • the selection unit 161 and the learning unit 162 are configured by, for example, a processor.
  • the selection unit 161 selects an article to be presented to each user.
  • the selection unit 161 is configured to include a search unit 171 and a recommendation unit 172.
  • the search unit 171 searches for articles to be presented to each user. For example, the search unit 171 acquires from the management unit 181 the search condition specified by the user and information related to the article to be presented to the user, and searches for an article that matches the search condition. The search unit 171 supplies the search result to the management unit 181.
  • the recommendation unit 172 selects an article recommended for each user. For example, the recommendation unit 172 acquires from the management unit 181 information regarding the user reaction history, the topic frequency tabulation result, and the article to be presented to the user. Note that the user response history is a record of each user's response to articles presented in the past. The topic frequency indicates the distribution of topics to which articles to which each user responds belong. Also, the recommendation unit 172 acquires the learning result of each user's preference from the management unit 181. And the recommendation part 172 selects the article recommended to each user based on the acquired data. The recommendation unit 172 supplies information indicating articles recommended to each user to the management unit 181.
  • the learning unit 162 learns each user's preference. For example, the learning unit 162 acquires the user reaction history of each user and the results of language analysis and topic analysis of each article from the management unit 181. The learning unit 162 learns each user's preference for articles based on the acquired data and the like. The learning unit 162 supplies the learning result of each user's preference to the management unit 181.
  • the learning unit 162 aggregates topic frequencies for each user based on the user reaction history of each user. Further, the learning unit 162 calculates the information search degree of each user based on the total result of the topic frequency.
  • the information search degree is a value obtained by analyzing the tendency of the user to search for information (distribution of articles in which the user has reacted) from a plurality of viewpoints, and details will be described later.
  • the learning unit 162 supplies the management unit 181 with the result of counting the topic frequency of each user and the calculation result of the information search degree.
  • the learning unit 162 learns each user's preference for the article presentation method based on the user reaction history of each user. More specifically, the learning unit 162 totals the presentation method frequencies indicating the distribution of the presentation methods of articles in which each user has reacted. The learning unit 162 supplies the total result of the presentation method frequency of each user to the management unit 181.
  • the storage unit 163 includes, for example, a storage device, and stores data necessary for the processing of the search unit 171, the recommendation unit 172, and the learning unit 162.
  • presentation information selection unit 103 is configured by the information personalization module 115.
  • the information integration module 116 is configured to include a management unit 181, a presentation control unit 182, a user information acquisition unit 183, a communication unit 184, and a storage unit 185.
  • the management unit 181, the presentation control unit 182, and the user information acquisition unit 183 are configured by, for example, a processor.
  • the management unit 181 controls, for example, the processing of each module and the exchange of data and the like between the modules.
  • the management unit 181 stores the data acquired from each module, the presentation control unit 182 and the user information acquisition unit 183 in the storage unit 185, or stores the data stored in the storage unit 185 in each module and To the presentation control unit 182.
  • the presentation control unit 182 transmits, for example, data for presenting an article to the user to each client 12 via the communication unit 184 and the network 13, and controls the article presentation method and the like in each client 12.
  • the user information acquisition unit 183 receives user information about each user from each client 12 via the network 13 and the communication unit 184.
  • the user information includes, for example, user operation information indicating the operation content for the user search / recommendation service, user reaction information indicating the content of the user's response to the presented article, user context information regarding the user's context, and the like.
  • the user information acquisition unit 183 supplies the received user information to the management unit 181.
  • the communication unit 184 is configured by a communication device, for example, and communicates with each client 12 via the network 13.
  • the storage unit 185 is configured by a storage device, for example, and stores data and the like necessary for the processing of the entire server 11.
  • FIG. 3 shows a functional configuration example of the client 12.
  • the client 12 is configured to include an information presentation module 201, a reaction detection module 202, a context detection module 203, and an information integration module 204.
  • the information presentation module 201 is a module that controls the presentation of information in the search / recommendation service.
  • the information presentation module 201 is configured to include an input unit 211, a control unit 212, a presentation unit 213, and a storage unit 214.
  • the input unit 211 includes various input devices such as a keyboard, a mouse, a button, a switch, a pointing device, and a microphone.
  • the input unit 211 is used, for example, for inputting commands and data to the information presentation module 201 and supplies the input commands and data to the control unit 212.
  • the control unit 212 includes, for example, a processor.
  • the control unit 212 controls search / recommendation service processing in the client 12.
  • the control unit 212 receives data or the like transmitted from the server 11 via the network 13 or the like, and controls the presentation of articles to the user in the presentation unit 213 based on the received data or the like.
  • the control unit 212 supplies user operation information indicating the content of the user operation input by the user using the input unit 211 to the management unit 241 of the information integration module 204.
  • the presentation unit 213 includes, for example, a display device, an audio output device, and the like. Under the control of the control unit 212, the presentation unit 213 displays a screen for using the information presentation module 201, outputs audio, and the like.
  • the storage unit 214 is configured by a storage device, for example, and stores data and the like necessary for the processing of the control unit 212.
  • the reaction detection module 202 is a module that detects a user reaction to an article presented in the search / recommendation service.
  • the reaction detection module 202 is configured to include an input unit 221, a detection unit 222, a reaction analysis unit 223, and a storage unit 224.
  • the input unit 221 includes various input devices such as a keyboard, a mouse, a button, a switch, a pointing device, and a microphone.
  • the input unit 211 is used, for example, for inputting commands, data, and the like to the reaction detection module 202 and for inputting user feedback for articles presented in the information presentation module 201.
  • the input unit 211 supplies the input command, data, and the like to the reaction analysis unit 223.
  • the detection unit 222 includes, for example, a voice recognition device, an image recognition device, a biological information sensor, and the like.
  • the detection unit 222 detects information indicating a user's reaction to the article presented in the information presentation module 201 and supplies the detected information to the reaction analysis unit 223.
  • the reaction analysis unit 223 Based on the user feedback input by the input unit 221 and the information indicating the user response detected by the detection unit 222, the reaction analysis unit 223 performs a user response to the article presented in the information presentation module 201. To analyze. The reaction analysis unit 223 generates user reaction information indicating the analysis result of the user's reaction, and supplies it to the management unit 241 of the information integration module 204.
  • the storage unit 224 is configured by a storage device, for example, and stores data and the like necessary for the processing of the reaction analysis unit 223.
  • the context detection module 203 is a module that detects a user's context.
  • the user's context includes, for example, the user's own state and situation, and the user's surrounding state and situation.
  • the user state and situation include, for example, user attributes, behavior, posture, emotion, physical condition, the type of client 12 used by the user, and the like.
  • the user's attributes include, for example, the user's name, sex, age, nationality, address, occupation, hobby, special skill, personality, physical characteristics, and the like.
  • the state and situation around the user include, for example, date and time, place, weather, temperature, ambient brightness, ambient sound, ambient odor, people and objects around the user, and the like.
  • the context detection module 203 is configured to include, for example, an input unit 231, a detection unit 232, a context analysis unit 233, and a storage unit 214.
  • the input unit 231 includes various input devices such as a keyboard, a mouse, a button, a switch, a pointing device, and a microphone.
  • the input unit 231 is used, for example, for inputting commands and data to the context detection module 203, and supplies the input commands and data to the context analysis unit 233.
  • the detection unit 232 includes, for example, various devices that detect data related to the user's context.
  • the detection unit 232 includes a radio clock, a GPS (Global Positioning System) receiver, a voice recognition device, an image recognition device, various sensors, and the like.
  • Various sensors include, for example, an optical sensor, an image sensor, a speed sensor, an acceleration sensor, an angular velocity sensor, a magnetic sensor, a temperature sensor, a humidity sensor, a biological information sensor, and the like.
  • the detection unit 232 includes, for example, a communication device and acquires data related to the user's context from an external device or sensor. Furthermore, the detection unit 232 acquires data related to the user's context from a service or application program other than the search / recommendation service APP being executed by the client 12, for example.
  • the service and application program include, for example, SNS (Social Networking Service), scheduler, and the like.
  • the data related to the user's context acquired by the detection unit 232 includes, for example, data related to a location around the user (for example, POI (Point Of Interest) data, etc.), data related to the user's behavior, and the person with whom the user is together. Data on the user, data on the user's schedule, and the like.
  • the detection unit 232 supplies data regarding the detected or acquired user context to the context analysis unit 233.
  • the context analysis unit 233 analyzes the user's context based on the data from the detection unit 232.
  • the context analysis unit 233 supplies user context information indicating the analysis result of the user's context to the management unit 241 of the information integration module 204.
  • the storage unit 234 is constituted by a storage device, for example, and stores data and the like necessary for the processing of the context analysis unit 233.
  • the information integration module 204 is configured to include a management unit 241, a communication unit 242, and a storage unit 243.
  • the management unit 241 is configured by, for example, a processor. For example, the management unit 241 controls processing of each module and controls exchange of data and the like between the modules. In addition, the management unit 241 supplies data acquired from each module to the communication unit 242 or stores the data in the storage unit 243. Further, the management unit 241 supplies the data acquired from the communication unit 242 to each module or stores the data in the storage unit 243. In addition, the management unit 241 supplies data and the like stored in the storage unit 243 to each module and the communication unit 242.
  • the communication unit 242 is configured by a communication device, for example, and communicates with the server 11 via the network 13.
  • the storage unit 243 is configured by a storage device, for example, and stores data and the like necessary for the processing of the entire client 12.
  • this process is periodically executed, for example, once a day or once an hour.
  • this process is executed, for example, according to a command from a search / recommendation service administrator (hereinafter referred to as a service administrator).
  • step S1 the server 11 collects information.
  • the information collection unit 122 of the information collection module 111 crawls a website providing RSS information (hereinafter referred to as an RSS site) via the network 13.
  • the information collecting unit 122 supplies information related to new articles and updated articles (hereinafter referred to as new / updated article information) of each RSS site obtained as a result of crawling to the management unit 181 of the information integration module 116.
  • the management unit 181 causes the storage unit 185 to store the acquired new arrival / update article information.
  • the new arrival / update article information includes the metadata of each article.
  • the metadata of each article includes, for example, the article title, the article text, the issue date / time, the update date / time, the URL of the web page on which the article is posted, the language used, and the like.
  • step S2 the server 11 performs information editing.
  • the management unit 181 supplies newly arrived / updated article information acquired in the process of step S ⁇ b> 1 to the information editing unit 132 of the information editing module 112.
  • the information editing unit 132 extracts problematic articles from the articles included in the new arrival / update article information, and registers them in the black list.
  • the problematic article is, for example, a malicious article or an article on a website having a security problem.
  • this blacklist registration process may be performed manually by hand, or may be automatically executed by the information editing unit 132.
  • the service administrator selects an article to be registered in the black list.
  • the information editing unit 132 automatically selects an article to be registered in the black list using a learning model or the like.
  • the information editing unit 132 selects an article that is preferentially recommended to the user from among the articles included in the newly arrived / updated article information in accordance with, for example, a command input by the service administrator via the input unit 131. And register to the pick-up list.
  • the information editing unit 132 supplies the black list and the pickup list to the management unit 181.
  • the management unit 181 stores the black list and the pickup list in the storage unit 185.
  • step S3 the management unit 181 of the information integration module 116 registers the analysis target article. Specifically, the management unit 181 registers an article excluding an article registered in the black list, among the articles included in the new arrival / update article information, as an analysis target article.
  • Information analysis processing executed by the server 11 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. Note that this process is periodically executed, for example, once a day or once an hour. Alternatively, this process is executed after the information acquisition process described above with reference to FIG. Alternatively, this process is executed according to a command from a service manager, for example.
  • step S51 the server 11 performs language analysis of the analysis target article.
  • the language analysis unit 141 of the language analysis module 113 acquires the metadata of the analysis target article from the storage unit 185 via the management unit 181.
  • the language analysis unit 141 performs a morphological analysis of the title and body of each analysis target article using, for example, a word dictionary stored in advance in the storage unit 142, and extracts words from the title and body of each article.
  • word w i the total number of words registered in the word dictionary
  • the language analysis unit 141 calculates tf i, j and df i for each word w i registered in the word dictionary held in advance.
  • tf i, j is the appearance frequency (number of appearances) of the word w i in the article d j .
  • df i represents the number of articles d including the word w i .
  • the language analysis unit 141 calculates tfidf i, j of each word w i in each article d j according to the following equation (1).
  • the language analysis unit 141 generates a word vector W j composed of the weight of each word w i in each article d j according to the following equation (2).
  • the word vector W j is a feature vector that represents the feature of each article d j based on the weight of each word w i .
  • the language analysis unit 141 supplies the language analysis result of the analysis target article to the management unit 181, and the management unit 181 stores the language analysis result of the analysis target article in the storage unit 185.
  • the server 11 performs topic analysis.
  • the management unit 181 supplies the language analysis result of the analysis target article to the topic analysis unit 151 of the topic analysis module 114.
  • the topic analysis unit 151 uses, for example, a topic analysis of an article to be analyzed using a probabilistic topic model such as PLSA (ProbabilisticlysisLatent ⁇ Semantic Analysis) or LDA (Latent Dirichlet Allocation). I do.
  • PLSA ProbabilisticlysisLatent ⁇ Semantic Analysis
  • LDA Layer Dirichlet Allocation
  • the topic analysis unit 151 receives tf i, j and tfidf i, j which are language analysis results of the analysis target article , and the number K of topics (clusters) to be classified, and is expressed by the following equation (3).
  • d j ) is an occurrence probability of the word w i in the article d j .
  • the topic analysis unit 151 generates a topic vector T j composed of the topic attribution probability p (z k
  • T j ⁇ p (z 1
  • the topic vector T j is a feature vector that represents the feature of each article d j based on the probability belonging to each topic z k .
  • the topic analysis unit 151 supplies the topic analysis result of the analysis target article to the management unit 181, and the management unit 181 stores the topic analysis result of the analysis target article in the storage unit 185.
  • the topic analysis result of each analysis target article includes the word vector W j of each analysis target article.
  • topics of the same genre can be classified in more detail.
  • economic topics can be classified into stock topics, specialized topics, introductory topics, and the like.
  • d j ) when it is not necessary to distinguish the topics z k individually, they are simply referred to as topics z or topics.
  • word vector W j and topic vector T j when it is not necessary to individually distinguish the word vector W j and the topic vector T j , they are simply referred to as a word vector W and a topic vector T, respectively.
  • d) it is simply referred to as topic attribution probability p (z
  • step S53 the management unit 181 of the information integration module 116 registers the browsing target information. Specifically, the management unit 181 registers each analysis target article in the browsing target information together with the metadata of each article, the word vector W j , the topic vector T j , and the topic with the highest attribution probability.
  • the topic with the maximum attribution probability is a topic having the maximum topic attribution probability p (z k
  • the number of topic classifications (hereinafter referred to as the total number of topics) K is 10
  • the value of the topic vector T 1 of the article d 1 is ⁇ 0.2, 0.4, 0.8, 0.1, 0. .3, 0.5, 0.1, 0.1, 0.3, 0.6 ⁇
  • the topic with the highest attribution probability of the article d 1 is the topic z 3 . That is, articles d 1 is the highest probability that belong to the topic z 3, is predicted to contain the largest number of contents related to the topic z 3.
  • an article registered in the browsing target information is referred to as a browsing target article.
  • Information presentation process Next, information presentation processing executed by the information processing system 1 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG.
  • the user uses the input unit 211 of the information presentation module 201 of the client 12 to operate the search / recommendation service provided by the server 11 (for example, start of the search / recommendation service APP). It starts when an operation is performed.
  • the search / recommendation service provided by the server 11 (for example, start of the search / recommendation service APP). It starts when an operation is performed.
  • step S101 the control unit 212 of the information presentation module 201 of the client 12 determines whether to wait for a user operation. If it is determined to wait for a user operation, the process proceeds to step S102.
  • step S102 the information processing system 1 acquires user operation information. Specifically, when the user of interest performs a predetermined operation on the search / recommendation service using the input unit 211 of the information presentation module 201 of the client 12, the input unit 211 displays information indicating the operation content in the control unit 212. To supply.
  • the predetermined operation for the search / recommendation service for example, an operation for starting or updating the presentation of an article by the search / recommendation service or an operation for ending the search / recommendation service is assumed.
  • an operation for setting an article search condition such as input of a search query, setting of a period (date and time) for searching an article, setting of a language used in the article, selection of an RSS site for distributing an article is assumed. Is done.
  • the operation indicating the reaction to the presented article is performed in step S112 described later.
  • the control unit 212 generates user operation information indicating the operation content of the user of interest.
  • the control unit 212 transmits the generated user operation information to the server 11 via the management unit 241, the communication unit 242, and the network 13.
  • the user information acquisition unit 183 of the information integration module 116 of the server 11 receives the user operation information transmitted from the client 12 via the communication unit 184 and supplies it to the management unit 181.
  • the management unit 181 supplies the acquired user operation information to each module as necessary.
  • step S101 determines whether the user's operation has a wait for the user's operation. If it is determined in step S101 not to wait for the user's operation, the process of step S102 is skipped, and the process proceeds to step S103. This is the case, for example, when starting or updating the presentation of an article by the search / recommendation service without user operation.
  • step S103 the context analysis unit 233 of the context detection module 203 of the client 12 determines whether to detect the user's context. If it is determined that the user context is detected, the process proceeds to step S104.
  • the context detection module 203 detects the user's context. Specifically, the detection unit 232 of the context detection module 203 detects data related to the context of the user of interest. In addition, the detection unit 232 acquires data regarding the context of the user of interest from an external device, a sensor, or the like, or a service or application program other than the search / recommendation service APP being executed by the client 12 as necessary. The detection unit 232 supplies the detected and acquired data to the context analysis unit 233.
  • the context analysis unit 233 analyzes the current user's context based on the acquired data. Then, the context analysis unit 233 classifies the current user's context according to a predetermined classification method as necessary.
  • the type of the client 12 used by the user of interest is classified into a wearable device, a smartphone, a tablet, or a personal computer.
  • the current day of the week is classified as a weekday or holiday.
  • the current time zone is classified as morning, noon or night.
  • the place where the user of interest is located is classified into a home, a company, a vehicle (for example, a train, etc.), or a place to go.
  • the current attention user behavior is classified as standing, sitting, or walking.
  • the context analysis unit 233 detects, for example, whether the target user is one person or another person based on an image obtained by photographing the periphery of the target user. Moreover, the context analysis part 233 specifies the person who is together, for example using techniques, such as face recognition, when an attention user is with another person. Alternatively, the context analysis unit 233 detects a person who is with the user of interest based on information from an application program such as SNS, for example.
  • the context analysis unit 233 analyzes the situation around the user of interest (for example, congestion, noise level, etc.).
  • the context classification method is not necessarily fixed, and can be changed for each user or changed according to the situation.
  • the context analysis unit 233 generates user context information indicating the current context of the user of interest, and transmits the user context information to the server 11 via the management unit 241, the communication unit 242, and the network 13.
  • the user information acquisition unit 183 of the information integration module 116 of the server 11 receives the user context information transmitted from the client 12 via the communication unit 184 and supplies it to the management unit 181.
  • the management unit 181 supplies the acquired user context information to each module as necessary, or causes the storage unit 185 to store the acquired user context information.
  • step S104 determines whether the user's context is detected. If it is determined in step S103 that the user's context is not detected, the process of step S104 is skipped, and the process proceeds to step S105.
  • step S105 the search unit 171 of the information personalization module 115 of the server 11 determines whether to search for information to be presented to the user. If it is determined to search for information to be presented to the user, the process proceeds to step S106.
  • the search unit 171 searches for information to be presented to the user. Specifically, the search unit 171 acquires browsing target information from the storage unit 185 via the management unit 181. Then, for example, the search unit 171 searches for articles that match the search condition specified by the user of interest from among the browsing target articles. The search unit 171 supplies information indicating the search result to the management unit 181, and the management unit 181 stores the information indicating the search result in the storage unit 185.
  • search article the article searched in the process of step S106 is referred to as a search article.
  • step S105 determines that information to be presented to the user is not searched. If it is determined in step S105 that information to be presented to the user is not searched, the process of step S106 is skipped, and the process proceeds to step S107.
  • step S107 the recommendation unit 172 of the information personalization module 115 of the server 11 determines whether or not to recommend information to the user. If it is determined to recommend information to the user, the process proceeds to step S108.
  • step S108 the recommendation unit 172 selects information to be recommended to the user. Specifically, the recommendation unit 172 stores the browsing target information, the word preference vector (hereinafter referred to as WPV) and the topic preference vector (hereinafter referred to as TPV) of the target user via the management unit 181. From 185.
  • WPV word preference vector
  • TPV topic preference vector
  • WPV is a vector indicating the user's preference for the word
  • TPV is a vector indicating the user's preference for the topic. WPV and TPV are generated for each unit for classifying the context of the user of interest in step S114 described later.
  • weekday WPV and TPV of the user of interest and holiday WPV and TPV are generated.
  • the morning WPV and TPV, the daytime WPV and TPV, and the night time WPV and TPV of the user of interest are generated.
  • WPV and TPV at the home of the user of interest WPV and TPV at the company, WPV and TPV in the vehicle, and WPV and TPV at the outside are generated.
  • WPV and TPV when the user of interest stands, WPV and TPV when sitting, and WPV and TPV when walking are generated.
  • WPV and TPV when there is no person who is the target user WPV and TPV when the wife is, WPV and TPV when the child is, and WPV when the wife and the child are A TPV is generated.
  • the recommendation unit 172 uses the WPV and TPV corresponding to the current context of the target user among the WPV and TPV for each classification unit of these contexts, and uses the WPV corresponding to the current context of the target user (hereinafter referred to as an integrated WPV). And TPV (hereinafter referred to as integrated TPV). For example, when the attention user stands on the train on a weekday morning, the recommendation unit 172 adds the WPV of the attention user on the weekday, the morning WPV, the WPV in the vehicle, and the WPV when standing. Thus, an integrated WPV is generated. Similarly, the recommendation unit 172 generates an integrated TPV by adding the weekly TPV of the user of interest, the morning TPV, the TPV in the vehicle, and the TPV when standing.
  • the recommendation unit 172 when the focused user is a child at home, the recommendation unit 172 generates an integrated WPV by adding the WPV at the focused user's home and the WPV when the person being together is a child. Similarly, the recommendation unit 172 generates an integrated TPV by adding the TPV at the home of the focused user and the TPV when the person who is together is a child.
  • the recommendation unit 172 for example, the similarity between the integrated WPV of the target user and the word vector of each browsing target article, and the similarity between the integrated TPV of the target user and the topic vector of each browsing target article, for example. Based on at least one of the above, a recommendation score for each reading target article is calculated.
  • the recommendation unit 172 selects a predetermined number of articles having a higher recommendation score as articles to be recommended based on the user's preference (hereinafter referred to as preference recommendation articles).
  • an article corresponding to the current context of the user is selected as the preference recommendation article.
  • an article having a high preference level of the attention user in the current context is selected as a preference recommendation article.
  • the recommendation unit 172 selects an article recommended to the user from the preference recommendation articles (hereinafter referred to as an area recommendation article) based on the viewpoint of the information search degree (area).
  • the degree of information search (broadness) is the breadth of the topic range to which the article to which the target user has shown a positive reaction belongs, in other words, the breadth of the types of articles to which the target user has shown a positive response.
  • the recommendation unit 172 selects, from among the recommended recommended articles, an article whose topic probability of the attention user is less than a predetermined threshold (for example, the topic frequency is 0) and an article having a maximum attribution probability as the recommended article.
  • the topic frequency indicates the distribution of topics to which articles to which the user of interest has shown a positive reaction belongs, and is calculated in step S114 described later.
  • an article that belongs to a topic to which an article to which the attention user has not shown a positive reaction so far belongs for example, a topic to which an article that the user has not accessed much
  • belongs for example, a topic to which an article that the user has not accessed much
  • the recommendation unit 172 selects an article recommended to the user from the preference recommendation articles (hereinafter referred to as a depth recommendation article) based on the information search degree (depth).
  • the information search degree (depth) is an information search degree based on a distribution for each topic of articles in which the target user has shown a positive reaction.
  • the recommendation unit 172 selects, as a depth recommendation article, an article in which the attention user has shown a positive reaction immediately before the article with the highest attribution probability among the preference recommendation articles.
  • an article that belongs to the same topic as the article for which the focused user has shown a positive reaction immediately before and that matches the preference of the focused user is selected as the depth recommended article.
  • the recommendation unit 172 may select a depth recommended article based on predetermined q articles that the user of interest has shown a positive response immediately before. For example, the recommendation unit 172 includes articles in which the topic having the largest topic attribution probability p (z
  • the recommendation unit 172 can select, as a recommended depth article, an article in which a topic having a topic frequency of a user of interest equal to or higher than a predetermined threshold and a topic with the highest attribution probability match among preference recommendation articles. Further, for example, the recommendation unit 172 can select, as a depth recommended article, an article having a topic with the highest topic frequency of the attention user and a topic with the highest attribution probability among the recommended recommendation articles.
  • the recommendation unit 172 selects an article recommended to the attention user (hereinafter referred to as a novelty recommended article) from the preference recommended articles based on the viewpoint of information search (newness).
  • the information search degree (newness) is an information search degree based on a distribution based on the novelty of articles in which the target user has shown a positive reaction.
  • the recommendation unit 172 selects a newly-arrived article as a recommended article for freshness among the recommended articles for preference.
  • the newly arrived article is, for example, an article added or updated within a predetermined period immediately before (for example, within the immediately preceding 6 hours). Thereby, for example, a new article that matches the preference of the user of interest is selected as a recommended article for newness.
  • the recommendation unit 172 selects an article recommended to the user (hereinafter referred to as a popular recommended article) from among the recommended recommended articles based on the viewpoint of information search (popularity).
  • the information search degree (popularity) is an information search degree based on a distribution based on the popularity degree of articles in which the user of interest has shown a positive reaction.
  • the recommendation unit 172 selects a popular article as a recommended article from among the recommended articles.
  • a popular article is, for example, an article whose popularity score is a predetermined threshold value or more.
  • the popularity score is calculated based on, for example, the number of accesses to an article and the number of users who gave a good evaluation to the article. For example, when the number of accesses of all users to a certain article A is p times and the number of accesses of all users to all articles is P times, the popularity score of the article A is calculated by p / P ⁇ 100. Thereby, for example, a popular article that matches the user's preference is selected as a popular recommended article.
  • the recommendation unit 172 supplies information indicating the selection result of the preference recommendation article, the width recommendation article, the depth recommendation article, the novelty recommendation article, and the popularity recommendation article to the management unit 181, and the management unit 181 selects the selection result. Is stored in the storage unit 185.
  • the recommended articles include a preference recommended article, a breadth recommended article, a depth recommended article, a newness recommended article, and a popular recommended article.
  • step S107 determines whether information is recommended to the user. If it is determined in step S107 that information is not recommended to the user, the process of step S108 is skipped, and the process proceeds to step S109.
  • step S109 the presentation control unit 182 of the information integration module 116 of the server 11 determines whether to present information to the user. If it is determined to present information to the user, the process proceeds to step S110.
  • step S110 the information processing system 1 presents information to the user.
  • the management unit 181 of the information integration module 116 of the server 11 acquires information indicating the selection result of the search article and the recommended article for the user of interest, and the metadata of the search article and the recommended article from the storage unit 185.
  • the management unit 181 obtains, from the storage unit 185, context information of the user of interest, information indicating the calculation result of the information search degree and the comprehensive search degree of the user of interest, and information indicating the total result of the presentation method frequency of the user of interest. To do.
  • the management unit 181 supplies the acquired information and data to the presentation control unit 182.
  • the presentation control unit 182 selects an article presentation method for the target user from a plurality of preset presentation methods based on the current context and the presentation method frequency of the target user.
  • article presentation methods are classified according to the combination of article transmission means (for example, text, audio, still image, video, etc.).
  • article presentation methods are classified into four types: presentation methods that use only audio, presentation methods that use only text, presentation methods that use still images, and presentation methods that use moving images.
  • presentation methods using still images includes not only a presentation method using only still images but also a presentation method using text in addition to still images.
  • presentation method using moving images includes not only a presentation method using only moving images, but also a presentation method using at least one of text or still images in addition to moving images.
  • the criteria for classifying the article presentation method is not limited to the transmission means, and any criteria can be adopted.
  • the presentation control unit 182 can classify the article presentation method based on the ratio of transmission means used for article presentation, article presentation time, article display layout, display size, special effects, and the like. is there.
  • the presentation control unit 182 can classify the article presentation method based on a combination of a plurality of criteria.
  • the method of presenting the noticed user is tabulated for each unit for classifying the noticed user's context.
  • the presentation method frequency is tabulated for each type of client 12 used by the user of interest.
  • the client 12 used by the user of interest is a wearable device, a smartphone, a tablet, and a personal computer, the presentation method in which the user of attention has shown a positive reaction The percentages are aggregated.
  • any kind of context can be used as the context for tabulating the presentation method frequency. It is also possible to aggregate the presentation method frequency for each combination of a plurality of types of contexts. For example, the presentation method frequency can be aggregated for each combination of the type of the client 12, the day of the week, the time zone, the place, and the action of the user of interest.
  • the presentation control unit 182 sets the article presentation method to the attention user by giving priority to the more frequent presentation method based on the presentation method frequency in the current attention user context.
  • the presentation control unit 182 selects a presentation method with a probability based on the presentation method frequency. That is, the presentation control unit 182 selects a presentation method using only voice, a presentation method using only text, 50%, a presentation method including a still image with 30%, and a presentation method including a moving image with a probability of 20%. And the presentation control part 182 produces
  • the presentation control unit 182 may use the presentation method frequency of other users. Good.
  • the presentation control unit 182 can use a totaling result of presentation method frequencies of all users or a totaling result of presentation method frequencies of users similar to the target user.
  • the user similar to the target user is, for example, a user whose preference is similar to the target user, a user whose attribute is similar to the target user, or the like.
  • the presentation control unit 182 transmits information presentation control data to the client 12 via the communication unit 184 and the network 13.
  • the control unit 212 of the information presentation module 201 of the client 12 receives information presentation control data from the server 11 via the communication unit 242 and the management unit 241.
  • the control unit 212 causes the presentation unit 213 to present the article selected by the server 11 based on the information presentation control data.
  • an article is presented by an appropriate presentation method according to the type of client 12 used by the user of interest.
  • client 12 of the user of interest is a wearable terminal
  • an article is presented only by voice.
  • an article is presented by, for example, a presentation method using only text or a presentation method including a still image.
  • FIG. 7 shows an example of a screen 301 when an article is presented on a smartphone by a presentation method including a still image.
  • the screen 301 only the article title and the article distribution source are displayed as a list, and the article body is not displayed. For example, when the title of an article is clicked, the text of the article is displayed. Further, as necessary, still images related to the article (for example, the still image 311a and the still image 311b) are displayed in a small size. When the still image is clicked, the still image is enlarged and displayed.
  • thumbnail 312 indicating the presence of a moving image related to the article may be displayed, and when the thumbnail is clicked, the reproduction of the moving image may be started.
  • the client 12 of the user of interest is a tablet, for example, an article is presented by a presentation method including a still image.
  • FIG. 8 shows an example of a screen 351 when an article is presented on a tablet by a presentation method including a still image.
  • the title, body, distribution source, etc. of the article are displayed as text.
  • still images for example, still images 361a to 361h
  • thumbnails for example, thumbnails 362a to 362c
  • the reproduction of the moving image corresponding to the clicked thumbnail is started.
  • the article is presented by a presentation method including a still image or a presentation method including a moving image, for example.
  • FIG. 9 shows an example of a screen 401 when an article is presented on a personal computer by a presentation method including a still image.
  • the title, body, distribution source, etc. of the article are displayed as text.
  • a still image for example, still image 411
  • thumbnails for example, thumbnails 412a to 412d
  • the reproduction of the moving image corresponding to the clicked thumbnail is started.
  • any video may be automatically played when the display of the screen 401 is started.
  • the size of the reproduced moving image may be made larger than the size shown in FIG.
  • the presentation control unit 182 can switch the presentation method according to another context of the target user even if the type of the client 12 used by the target user is the same. For example, in the case where the user of interest often browses text-only articles while standing on a weekday morning train, the presentation control unit 182 uses the smartphone while the user of interest stands on a weekday morning train. It is possible to preferentially present text-only articles. On the other hand, in the case where an attention user often browses articles including videos while sitting on a weekday morning train, the presentation control unit 182 uses the smartphone while the attention user sits on a weekday morning train. It is possible to preferentially present articles including moving images.
  • the presentation control unit 182 can present an appropriate article by an appropriate method according to the person who is with the target user. For example, a case where the user of interest is browsing news or the like on a wall-mounted display that is one of the clients 12 at home will be described.
  • FIG. 10 shows an example of a screen 451 displayed on the wall-mounted display.
  • a vertically long display area 461L and a display area 461R are arranged on the left and right.
  • Various types of information for example, moving images, photos, articles, memos, and the like
  • the user's schedule is displayed together with the calendar in the display area 461R.
  • the screen 451 can be directly touched and operated by the user. For example, the user can freely change the layout in the display area 461L or select any information in the screen 451 to display in detail. You can make it.
  • the articles displayed in the display area 461L are switched according to the person with the target user. For example, when there is only one user of interest, economic articles preferred by the user of interest are preferentially displayed in the display area 461L. At this time, economic articles are displayed in the entire display area 461L.
  • topics of the same genre are classified in more detail.
  • articles of quality and quantity corresponding to the interest of the attention user, the level of knowledge level, and the like are presented for the same news.
  • company employee A presents an article including a graph of the stock price of company S
  • businessman B presents a detailed article about the company acquisition
  • housewife C Will be able to present articles for introductory economics about acquisitions.
  • the presentation control unit 182 may present the search article and the recommended article using the information search degree and the comprehensive search degree. Specifically, the presentation control unit 182 generates information presentation control data for causing the client 12 of the target user to present a search article and a recommended article using the information search degree and the comprehensive search degree. The presentation control unit 182 transmits information presentation control data to the client 12 via the communication unit 184 and the network 13.
  • the control unit 212 of the information presentation module 201 of the client 12 receives information presentation control data from the server 11 via the communication unit 242 and the management unit 241. Based on the information presentation control data, the control unit 212 causes the presentation unit 213 to display a screen for presenting the search article and the recommended article, and the information search degree and the comprehensive search degree.
  • FIG. 11 shows an example of a screen displayed on the presentation unit 213 at this time.
  • the screen 501 is an example of a screen for presenting the attention user with a recommended article based on the information search degree and the comprehensive search degree of the attention user and the information search degree.
  • a guidance display unit 511, search degree display units 512a to 512e, and recommendation information display units 513a to 513d are arranged in the screen 501. More specifically, the guidance display unit 511 is arranged on the upper right of the screen 501.
  • the recommendation information display parts 513a to 513d are arranged below the guidance display part 511 so as to be lined up and down.
  • Search degree display sections 512a to 512d are arranged to be arranged to the left of recommendation information display sections 513a to 513d, respectively.
  • the search degree display unit 512e is arranged below the search degree display unit 512d.
  • the guidance display unit 511 a message that prompts the user to increase the information search degree displayed on the left side of the article by clicking and selecting the article in the recommended information display units 513a to 513d is displayed.
  • a graph indicating the information search degree (width) of the user of interest is displayed on the right side in the search degree display section 512a.
  • the information search degree (area) of the focused user is 60%.
  • a method for calculating the information search degree (width) will be described later.
  • a message indicating that the article in the recommendation information display unit 513a is an article that expands the information search range of the user of interest is displayed on the left side of the search degree display unit 512a.
  • the recommended information display section 513a a part of an article or a headline capable of increasing the information search degree (area) is displayed.
  • the article in the recommended information display unit 513a is selected from the above-mentioned area recommended articles.
  • the article with the highest recommendation score is selected from the recommended articles in size.
  • that article is selected.
  • a graph indicating the information search degree (depth) of the user of interest is displayed on the right side in the search degree display section 512b.
  • the information search degree (depth) of the focused user is 70%.
  • a method for calculating the information search degree (depth) will be described later.
  • a message indicating that the article in the recommended information display unit 513b is an article that deepens the information search of the user of interest is displayed on the left side in the search degree display unit 512b.
  • the recommended information display section 513b a part of an article or a headline capable of increasing the information search degree (depth) is displayed.
  • the article displayed on the recommendation information display unit 513b is selected from the above-described depth recommended articles.
  • the article with the highest recommendation score is selected from the depth recommendation articles.
  • that article is selected.
  • a graph showing the information search degree (newness) of the user of interest is displayed on the right side in the search degree display section 512c.
  • the information search degree (newness) of the noted user is 40%.
  • a method for calculating the information search degree (newness) will be described later.
  • a message indicating that the article in the recommended information display unit 513c is a new arrival article is displayed on the left side in the search degree display unit 512c.
  • the recommended information display section 513c a part of an article or a headline capable of increasing the information search level (newness) is displayed.
  • the article displayed on the recommended information display unit 513c is selected from the above-described newness recommended articles.
  • the article with the highest recommendation score is selected from the novelty recommendation articles.
  • the article is selected.
  • a graph indicating the information search degree (popularity) of the user of interest is displayed on the right side in the search degree display section 512d.
  • the information search degree (popularity) of the attention user is 30%.
  • a method for calculating the degree of information search (popularity) will be described later.
  • a message indicating that the article in the recommended information display unit 513d is a currently popular article is displayed on the left side in the search degree display unit 512d.
  • the recommended information display section 513d a part of an article or a headline that can increase the degree of information search (popularity) is displayed.
  • the article displayed on the recommended information display unit 513d is selected from the popular recommended articles described above.
  • the article with the highest recommendation score is selected from the popular recommended articles.
  • the article is selected.
  • the search degree display section 512e displays a graph indicating the value of the comprehensive search degree of the user of interest.
  • the total search degree of the user of interest is 50%.
  • a method for calculating the comprehensive search degree will be described later.
  • the user of interest can easily grasp the completeness and diversity of his / her information search.
  • the user of interest can know by an objective numerical value how widely information is being searched based on the degree of information search (breadth).
  • the user of interest can know, to an objective numerical value, how deeply the information is being searched based on the information search degree (depth).
  • the user of interest can know objectively how much new information is being searched based on the degree of information search (newness).
  • the user of interest can know objectively how many pieces of popular information are being searched based on the degree of information search (popularity).
  • step S109 determines whether information is presented to the user. If it is determined in step S109 that no information is presented to the user, the process of step S110 is skipped, and the process proceeds to step S111.
  • step S111 the reaction analysis unit 223 of the reaction detection module 202 of the client 12 determines whether or not to detect a user reaction. If it is determined that a user reaction is detected, the process proceeds to step S112.
  • the reaction detection module 202 of the client 12 detects a user reaction. For example, when the notable user inputs feedback (for example, selection or evaluation of the presented article) to the presented article via the input unit 221, the input unit 221 indicates the content of the input feedback. Information is supplied to the reaction analysis unit 223.
  • the feedback of the noted user may be explicit or implicit.
  • the detection unit 222 detects information indicating the reaction of the user of interest to the presented article, and supplies the detected information to the reaction analysis unit 223.
  • the information indicating the reaction of the user of interest is the detection result of the facial expression of the user of interest, the biological information of the user of interest (for example, the pulse, the amount of sweating, etc.).
  • the reaction analysis unit 223 analyzes the user's response to the presented information based on the information indicating the feedback of the attention user and the information indicating the reaction of the attention user. For example, the reaction analysis unit 223 analyzes whether the user of interest has shown a positive reaction, a negative reaction, or a neutral reaction with respect to the presented article. Note that the reaction analysis unit 223 may analyze the degree of positive or negative reaction of the user of interest. For example, the reaction analysis unit 223 analyzes the degree of positive reaction depending on whether the focused user actually accessed the article or whether the focused user gave a good evaluation.
  • an article in which the user of interest has shown a positive reaction is referred to as a positive reaction article.
  • the articles in which the user of interest has shown a positive reaction are, for example, articles that have been given a good evaluation by the user of interest, articles that have actually accessed the presented article, articles that have had a positive biological reaction, and the like.
  • an article in which the target user has shown a negative reaction is referred to as a negative reaction article.
  • the articles in which the target user has shown a negative reaction are, for example, articles in which the target user has given a bad evaluation, articles that have not been accessed, articles that have shown a negative biological reaction, and the like.
  • an article in which the target user has shown a positive or negative reaction is referred to as a user reaction article.
  • the reaction analysis unit 223 generates user reaction information indicating the analysis result of the attention user's reaction, and transmits the generated user reaction information to the server 11 via the management unit 241, the communication unit 242, and the network 13.
  • the user information acquisition unit 183 of the information integration module 116 of the server 11 receives the user reaction information transmitted from the client 12 via the communication unit 184 and supplies it to the management unit 181.
  • the management unit 181 generates a user reaction history including the acquired user reaction information, metadata and presentation method of the targeted article, and information indicating the context of the focused user when the article is presented.
  • the management unit 181 stores the generated user reaction history in the storage unit 185.
  • step S111 determines whether user reaction is detected. If it is determined in step S111 that no user reaction is detected, the process of step S112 is skipped, and the process proceeds to step S113.
  • step S113 the learning unit 162 of the information personalization module 115 of the server 11 determines whether to learn the user's preferences. When it is determined that the user's preference is learned, the process proceeds to step S114.
  • step S114 the learning unit 162 learns the user's preference. Specifically, the learning unit 162 acquires the user reaction history of the attention user from the storage unit 185 via the management unit 181. Then, the learning unit 162 generates the WPV and TPV of the user of interest based on the word vector and topic vector of the article (user reaction article) that the user of interest has reacted to. For example, the learning unit 162 generates a WPV by adding word vectors of user reaction articles. Similarly, for example, the learning unit 162 generates a TPV by adding topic vectors of user reaction articles.
  • the learning unit 162 generates not only the general WPV and TPV of the target user, but also the WPV and TPV for each context when the article is presented to the target user.
  • the learning unit 162 classifies the user reaction articles into articles presented on weekdays to the attention user and articles presented on the holiday to the attention user. And the learning part 162 produces
  • the learning unit 162 classifies user reaction articles into articles presented to the attention user in the morning, articles presented to the attention user in the day, and articles presented to the attention user in the night. And the learning part 162 produces
  • the morning WPV and TPV, the daytime WPV and TPV, and the nighttime WPV and TPV of the user of interest are generated.
  • the learning unit 162 may update the article presented to the attention user at home, the article presented to the attention user at the company, the article presented to the attention user in the vehicle, and the article presented to the attention user on the go.
  • the learning part 162 produces
  • WPV and TPV in the home of the user of interest, WPV and TPV in the company, WPV and TPV in the vehicle, and WPV and TPV in the outside are generated.
  • the learning unit 162 may apply a user reaction article to an article presented when the attention user is standing, an article presented when the attention user is sitting, or an article presented when the attention user is walking. Classify. And the learning part 162 produces
  • the learning unit 162 may provide an article presented when the attention user is alone, an article presented when the attention user is a wife, an article presented when the attention user is a child, or an attention user.
  • the user reaction articles are classified into articles presented when the wife and children are present.
  • the learning part 162 produces
  • WPV and TPV when there is no person who is the target user
  • WPV and TPV when the wife is WPV and TPV when the child is, and WPV when the person is the wife and child.
  • TPV are generated.
  • the learning unit 162 may add the word vector and the topic vector of each user reaction article with a weight depending on, for example, the type and degree of the attention user's reaction. For example, the learning unit 162 may assign different weights depending on whether the attention user's reaction is positive or negative, or may assign different weights depending on the degree of the attention user's reaction.
  • the learning unit 162 may generate the WPV and the TPV based only on the word vector and the topic vector of an article (positive reaction article) in which the target user has shown a positive reaction.
  • the target period of the user reaction history used for generating WPV and TPV can be set to an arbitrary period.
  • the learning unit 162 may use the user response history of the entire period when the user of interest has used the search / recommendation service until now, or the predetermined period immediately before (for example, 1 day, 1 week, 1 month, 1 User reaction history within year etc.).
  • the learning unit 162 calculates the information search degree of the focused user. Specifically, the learning unit 162 aggregates topic frequencies indicating the distribution of topics to which articles (positive reaction articles) to which the target user has shown a positive reaction belong. For example, the learning unit 162 totals topic frequencies by totaling the topics with the highest probability of belonging to the positive reaction article of the user of interest. Therefore, the value of the topic frequency of a topic to which many positive reaction articles of the user of interest belong increases.
  • the topic frequency tabulation period can be set to any period.
  • the topic frequency tabulation period is set to the entire period in which the user of interest has used the search / recommendation service so far, or a predetermined period immediately before (for example, 1 day, 1 week, 1 month, 1 year, etc.) Is done.
  • the topic frequency tabulation period is set to the current search / recommendation service usage period (for example, the current search / recommendation service login period).
  • the topic frequency may be aggregated by accumulating topic vectors of articles that the positive user has shown a positive reaction. In this case, the distribution of the topic to which the article to which the user gave a positive reaction belongs is more accurately reflected in the topic frequency.
  • the learning unit 162 calculates the information search degree based on the four viewpoints of “breadth”, “depth”, “newness”, and “popularity” based on the tabulated topic frequencies.
  • the topic frequency distribution is ⁇ 1, 7, 0, 3 , 0, 1, 0, 0, 2 , 1 ⁇ , that is, the topic frequency of the topic z 1 is 1, and the topic z 2 is A case where the topic frequency is 7,... And the topic frequency of the topic z 10 is 1 will be described.
  • membership probability maximum topic of the articles immediately before the noted user has made a positive reaction hereinafter referred to as the previous reaction topic
  • the previous reaction topic membership probability maximum topic of the articles immediately before the noted user has made a positive reaction
  • the learning unit 162 calculates the information search degree (width) by the following equation (5).
  • Information search degree (area) Number of topics whose topic frequency is equal to or higher than threshold TH1 ⁇ total number of topics ⁇ 100 ... (5)
  • the threshold value TH1 when the threshold value TH1 is set to 1, the number of topics whose topic frequency is equal to or higher than the threshold value TH1 is 6 in the topic frequency example shown above. Since the total number of topics is 10, the information search degree (area) is 60%.
  • the degree of information search increases as the range of topics to which articles to which the attention user has shown a positive reaction belongs is larger, and decreases as the range of topics to which articles to which the attention user has a positive reaction belongs is smaller. . Therefore, the information search degree (area) is an index indicating how much information the user of interest is searching for.
  • the learning unit 162 calculates the information search degree (depth) by the following equation (6).
  • Information search degree (depth) topic frequency of previous reaction topic / upper limit value ⁇ 100 (6)
  • the topic frequency of the immediately previous reaction topic is the topic frequency of the topic with the highest attribution probability of an article in which the user of interest has shown a positive response immediately before. Therefore, in the present example, the topic frequency of the topic z 2 that is the reaction topic immediately before the user of interest is 7, so when the upper limit value is set to 10, the information search degree (depth) is 70%.
  • the degree of information search increases as the number of times the attention user gives a positive response to an article belonging to the previous reaction topic increases, and the attention user gives a positive reaction to an article belonging to the previous reaction topic. The smaller the number of times shown, the smaller. Therefore, the information search degree (depth) indicates how deep the attention user is searching for information with respect to the immediately previous reaction topic (for example, the topic to which the article currently focused on by the user belongs). It becomes an indicator.
  • the upper limit value may be changed according to the total number of positive reaction articles. That is, the upper limit value may be increased as the total number of positive reaction articles increases, and the upper limit value may be decreased as the total number of positive reaction articles decreases.
  • the information search degree (depth) may exceed 100%.
  • the learning unit 162 calculates the information search degree (newness) by the following equation (7).
  • a topic frequency distribution for only new articles added or updated within a predetermined period immediately before is represented by ⁇ 0, 4, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, In the case of 0, 1, 0 ⁇ , the number of newly arrived articles among the positive reaction articles is 6. Since the total number of positive reaction articles is 15, the degree of information search (newness) is 40%.
  • the degree of information search increases as the number of positive responses to new articles increases, and decreases as the number of positive responses to new articles decreases. Therefore, the information search degree (newness) is an index indicating how much new information is searched by the target user.
  • the learning unit 162 calculates the information search degree (popularity) by the following equation (8).
  • the topic frequency distribution for only popular articles whose popularity score is greater than or equal to a predetermined threshold is ⁇ 0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0 ⁇
  • a positive response The number of popular articles among the articles is 3. Since the total number of positive reaction articles is 15, the degree of information search (popularity) is 20%.
  • the degree of information search increases as the number of positive responses to popular articles increases, and decreases as the number of positive responses to popular articles decreases. Therefore, the degree of information search (popularity) is an index indicating how much the attention user is searching for popular information (for example, information that has become a topic or has been noticed).
  • the learning unit 162 calculates a comprehensive search degree by the following equation (9) based on the information search degree of each viewpoint.
  • the comprehensive search degree is an average value of the information search degree of each viewpoint.
  • the learning unit 162 learns the preference for the presentation method of the attention user. Specifically, for example, the learning unit 162 aggregates, for each context, the presentation method frequency indicating the distribution of the presentation method of articles (positive reaction articles) in which the user of interest has shown a positive response. For example, the learning unit 162 aggregates the presentation method frequency for each type of the client 12 of the user of interest. Thereby, for example, the presentation method frequency when the client 12 used by the user of interest is a wearable device, the presentation method frequency when the smartphone is a smartphone, the presentation method frequency when the tablet is a tablet, and a personal computer The presentation method frequency is required.
  • the tendency of the article presentation method preferred by the noticed user is grasped according to the type of the client 12 used by this presentation method frequency. For example, when the user of interest uses a smartphone, the percentage of the presentation method using only sound, the presentation method using only text, the presentation method including a still image, or the presentation method including a moving image is used. Is grasped.
  • the context in which the learning unit 162 aggregates the presentation method frequency is not limited to the type of the client 12, and any type of context can be used.
  • the learning unit 162 can tabulate the presentation method frequency for each day of the week, time zone, place, or behavior of the user of interest. At this time, the learning unit 162 can also total the presentation method frequencies for two or more types of contexts.
  • the learning unit 162 can count the presentation method frequency for each combination of two or more contexts. For example, the learning unit 162 can total the presentation method frequency for each combination of the type of the client 12, the day of the week, the time zone, the place, and the action of the user of interest. Thus, for example, when a focused user stands on a train on a weekday morning and uses a smartphone, a presentation method using only voice, a presentation method using only text, a presentation method including a still image, and a moving image are included. It is grasped how much each presentation method is used.
  • the aggregation period of the presentation method frequency can be set to any period.
  • the total period of the presentation method frequency is set to the entire period in which the user of interest has used the search / recommendation service or a predetermined period immediately before (for example, one week, one month, one year, etc.). .
  • the learning unit 162 stores the WPV and TPV of the user of interest, the topic frequency tabulation result, the information search degree and the total search degree calculation result, and the presentation method frequency tabulation result in the storage unit 185 via the management unit 181.
  • step S113 determines that the user's preference is not learned. If it is determined in step S113 that the user's preference is not learned, the process of step S114 is skipped, and the process proceeds to step S115.
  • step S115 the control unit 212 of the information presentation module 201 of the client 12 determines whether or not to end the presentation of information. For example, if the user operation content acquired in the process of step S102 is not an operation for terminating the search / recommendation service, the control unit 212 determines to continue presenting information, and the process returns to step S101.
  • steps S101 to S115 are repeatedly executed until it is determined in step S115 that the presentation of information is finished.
  • step S115 the control unit 212 of the information presentation module 201 of the client 12 presents information when, for example, the user operation content acquired in the process of step S102 is an operation for terminating the search / recommendation service. Determine to end. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S116.
  • step S116 the client 12 ends the presentation of information.
  • the control unit 212 of the information presentation module 201 of the client 12 ends the execution of the search / recommendation service APP.
  • an appropriate article is presented in an appropriate manner according to the user's preference and context. Accordingly, for example, the user can quickly obtain information of interest to the user without causing trouble to the surroundings by a method suitable for the user's posture and surrounding circumstances.
  • articles to be presented are selected according to the person who is with them, it is possible to present articles separately for personal preference and public preference. As a result, it is possible to prevent leakage of information that is not desired to be known to other people, and to increase the satisfaction level of people who are with the user.
  • a transmission means corresponding to the display size and function of the client 12 is selected, and the information amount and display size of the presented article are appropriately adjusted. Therefore, for example, information is presented in an inappropriate size with respect to the display size of the client 12 or a method that the client 12 does not support, or the display speed is reduced due to an excessive amount of information. Feeling free is prevented.
  • the screen 451 of FIG. 10 is displayed on the wall-mounted display of Mr. A's home, and news is displayed in the screen 451.
  • Mr. A is with the child, an entertainment article is presented. After that, when the child goes to school and Mr. A becomes one person, it switches to an economic article.
  • Mr. A is checking the continuation of an article of an economic system that he is interested in on the train while commuting.
  • an economic article is read out by voice from the wearable device worn by Mr. A.
  • Mr. A sits in the seat, an economic article is displayed on the smartphone that Mr. A has using text and still images.
  • the train is free, the surroundings are not disturbed, so the playback of economic video news is started on the smartphone.
  • Mr. A is checking the continuation of the news related to the acquisition of Company S in the IT industry that he was concerned about during his company lunch break on his personal computer.
  • Mr. A since Mr. A often checks the stock price of the company S, the article showing the stock price information of the company S is automatically displayed.
  • Mr. A sends a URL of an article related to acquisition of Company S to Mr. B of the Intellectual Property Department by e-mail because he is business-related.
  • Mr. B is interested in trends in the IT industry and regularly checks articles about the IT industry, so when accessing the website of the URL taught by Mr. A, the background of the acquisition and the impact on the industry A detailed article on is recommended. As a result, Mr. B can immediately access the detailed article.
  • Mr. A starts using the tablet after returning home. Since Mr. A usually checks sports news at night, an article about a soccer tournament sponsored by Company S is displayed. For example, as shown in FIG. 9 described above, the full text of the article, the thumbnail image, and the video player of the game digest are displayed on the tablet. Furthermore, since there is sufficient time, an article based on each information search degree is recommended to Mr. A as shown in FIG. And Mr. A, for example, starts with the first article, checks the topic of soccer more deeply, checks the entire news of the day widely, and checks each article while checking the newness and popularity can do.
  • the context classification method may be changed for each user.
  • the learning unit 162 divides the time period of one day into two types of sections, section A and section B.
  • one day is time zone A1 (0 to 6 o'clock), time zone A2 (6 o'clock to 12 o'clock), time zone A3 (12 o'clock to 18 o'clock), and time zone A4 (18 o'clock to 24 o'clock). Time).
  • one day is time zone B1 (0 o'clock to 4 o'clock), time zone B2 (4 o'clock to 8 o'clock), time zone B3 (8 o'clock to 12 o'clock), time zone B4 (12 o'clock to 16 o'clock) , And is divided into a time zone B5 (16:00 to 20:00) and a time zone B6 (20:00 to 24:00).
  • the learning unit 162 generates a TPV in each time zone of the user of interest by adding the topic vector of each user reaction article for each time zone presented to the user of interest.
  • the TPV of the target user in the time periods A1 to A4 is referred to as TPVa1 to TPVa4
  • the TPV of the target user in the time periods B1 to B6 is referred to as TPVb1 to TPVb6.
  • the learning unit 162 calculates an average value AVGa of the distances (6 types) between the TPVs TPVa1 to TPVa4, and calculates an average value AVGb of the distances (15 types) between the TPVs of TPVb1 to TPVb6. Then, the learning unit 162 compares the average value AVGa and the average value AVGb, and adopts the category having the larger average value as the time zone category for the user of interest. That is, the time zone with the larger average value can separate the preference of the user of interest in more detail, and therefore the time zone with the larger average value is adopted.
  • WPV may be used instead of TPV, or both TPV and WPV may be used.
  • Context types can be easily added or reduced. For example, when the user's context is classified by the combination of the day of the week, the time of day, the place where the user is, and the user's action, explanation will be given for adding a user's emotion (for example, joy, anger, romance, comfort). To do.
  • the learning unit 162 may respond to an article presented when the attention user is happy, an article presented when angry, an article presented when sad, or an article presented when enjoying. Categorize articles. And the learning part 162 produces
  • the learning unit 162 may not add the WPV and TPV of the type of context to be reduced when generating the integrated WPV and the integrated TPV.
  • the context analysis unit 233 can classify, for example, the same type of contexts using different methods or a hierarchical structure.
  • the context analysis unit 233 can classify the contexts related to places in different ways depending on the types of data and information used for analysis. For example, the context analysis unit 233 can classify the location of the user of interest as home, commuting, work, going home, or going out based on data from various sensors. In addition, the context analysis unit 233 can classify the location where the user of interest is located into an office, a downtown area, a park, a stadium, or the like based on POI data, for example.
  • the context analysis unit 233 can classify the action of the user of interest into low-order actions and high-order actions based on data from various sensors.
  • Low-order actions include, for example, resting, walking, running, boarding an elevator, boarding a train, boarding a bus, boarding a car, driving a bicycle, and the like.
  • Higher-order actions include, for example, during meals, during sleep, during conversation, and during sports play. During sports play, it is further classified according to the type of sport.
  • the recommendation unit 172 may select a recommended article from the search articles searched by the search unit 171 instead of the browsing target article.
  • the recommendation unit 172 may select a recommended article based on each viewpoint of the information search degree from articles other than an article that the user likes (preference recommendation article).
  • the recommendation unit 172 selects an article recommended for the user of interest based on other users' preferences. You may make it do. For example, the recommendation unit 172 may select an article recommended for the target user using the average value of WPV and TPV of all users or the average value of WPV and TPV of a user similar to the target user. .
  • the recommendation unit 172 includes the WPV and TPV in another type of context. May be used instead.
  • the recommendation unit 172 uses the WPV and TPV of the noticed user in the morning, noon, and night instead. You may make it use.
  • the learning unit 162 may change the granularity for classifying the context. For example, if a place is classified based on a municipality, and the amount of user reaction history data is not sufficient in a municipality-based place where a currently interested user is present, for example, the learning unit 162 reclassifies the place by prefecture, You may make it calculate WPV and TPV based on the user reaction history in the place of the prefecture base where the user exists.
  • the server 11 may present the recommendation reason when presenting the recommended article to the user, and reflect the selection result of the recommendation reason by the user in the user preference learning.
  • the presentation control unit 182 presents so that the attention user can select “Weekday”, “Morning”, “Inside the vehicle”, and “Standing” that are the reasons for recommendation based on the context of the attention user.
  • the recommendation unit 172 first generates an integrated WPV by adding the WPV of the target user on weekdays, the WPV in the morning, the WPV in the vehicle, and the WPV when standing at the same ratio. Thereafter, the recommendation unit 172 generates an integrated WPV by adding a weight according to the number of selections of each recommendation reason of the user of interest and adding the WPV. For example, when the attention user selects “inside the vehicle” most frequently, the recommendation unit 172 increases the weight for the WPV in the vehicle and adds the weight when the integrated WPV is generated. The same applies to the integrated TPV.
  • the presentation control unit 182 presents the “home” and “children”, which are the reasons for recommendation based on the context of the focused user, so that the focused user can select.
  • the recommendation unit 172 first generates an integrated WPV by adding the WPV at the home of the user of interest and the WPV in the case of being with a child at the same ratio. Thereafter, the recommendation unit 172 generates an integrated WPV by adding a weight according to the number of selections of each recommendation reason of the user of interest and adding the WPV. For example, when the noticed user selects the “kid” most frequently, the recommendation unit 172 adds the largest weight to the WPV when the user is a child when generating the integrated WPV. The same applies to the integrated TPV.
  • the presentation control unit 182 presents representative keywords of each topic such as “acquisition”, “investment”, and “market” as a recommendation reason so that the user of interest can select.
  • the representative keyword of each topic is, for example, a word w i having a high occurrence probability p (w i
  • the learning unit 162 adds topic frequencies of topics corresponding to the selected keyword. This makes it easier for an attention user to be presented with an article on a topic corresponding to the keyword selected by the attention user.
  • the presentation control unit 182 first presents the size recommendation article, the depth recommendation article, the novelty recommendation article, and the popularity recommendation article to the attention user at the same ratio. Then, the learning unit 162 individually counts the number of times of positive reaction to articles recommended based on each viewpoint of the information search degree. Then, the presentation control unit 182 may perform control so as to present more articles to the attention user based on the viewpoint in which the attention user has shown a positive response many times.
  • the example of controlling the article to be presented and the presentation method according to the person who is with the user has been shown, but the relationship with the user of the person who is together (for example, the user's wife, child, etc.) ) Is not necessarily necessary information.
  • the relationship with the user of the person who is together for example, the user's wife, child, etc.
  • the relationship with the user of the person who is together is not necessarily necessary information.
  • the face recognition technology it is possible to identify each individual, but it is not possible to detect the relationship between each individual.
  • the relationship with the user of the person who is together is not known, it is possible to learn the preference when the user is with the person.
  • people who are with the user are classified into multiple groups based on attributes, etc. (for example, gender, age, etc.), and the articles and presentation methods to be presented are changed according to the group to which the user is with the user. You may make it do. For example, if the user is together with a man and a woman and the user is alone, the user is a man, or the user is a woman, the article to be presented and the presentation method are changed. May be.
  • the article to be presented and the presentation method may be changed according to the number of people with whom the user is together.
  • the recommendation unit 172 can select an article to be recommended based only on the context of the focused user without considering the preference of the focused user.
  • the learning unit 162 aggregates topic frequencies only for articles for which the user has shown a positive response. However, the learning unit 162 may also include articles for which the user has given a negative reaction. Good. In other words, the learning unit 162 may perform topic frequency aggregation for all articles for which the user has responded. Alternatively, for example, the learning unit 162 may aggregate topic frequencies only for articles for which the user has given a predetermined response.
  • the learning unit 162 may perform weighted addition according to the type of reaction. For example, the learning unit 162 may assign different weights depending on whether the user actually accessed the article or whether the user gave a good evaluation. Further, for example, the learning unit 162 may add the topic frequency when the user shows a positive response, and subtract the topic frequency when the user shows a negative response.
  • the article presentation method is not limited to the example described above, and can be presented visually or audibly in various ways.
  • the article is presented in the client 12, but also the article is transferred from the client 12 to another device (for example, a portable information terminal, a wearable device, etc.), and the other device transmits the transferred article. It is also possible to present it.
  • another device for example, a portable information terminal, a wearable device, etc.
  • the clustering unit 102 is based on the text information related to the non-text information.
  • Each non-text information can be classified into a plurality of clusters by using the latent topic model.
  • text information included in metadata of non-text information for example, title, artist, performer, genre, generation location, generation date, etc.
  • review papers, impressions, articles, etc. regarding non-text information for example, clustering is performed.
  • the clustering unit 102 classifies the non-text information into a plurality of clusters based on the attribute of the non-text information and the feature amount of the non-text information itself (for example, the feature amount of moving images, images, sounds, etc.). be able to.
  • the clustering unit 102 can classify the music data into a plurality of clusters (for example, genres) based on the feature amount of the music data.
  • the present technology can also be applied to, for example, presenting information on products, actions, places, people, and the like.
  • the product is also clustered based on the related text information and the feature amount of the product itself.
  • any clustering method other than the above-described latent topic model can be adopted.
  • the clustering method employed in the present technology may be a hierarchical method or a non-hierarchical method.
  • the clustering method employed in the present technology may be soft clustering or hard clustering. Or you may make it a person perform clustering of a presentation object by a manual.
  • all or part of the functions of the information personalization module 115 may be provided in the client 12.
  • reaction detection module 202 may be provided in the server 11.
  • the function of the reaction analysis unit 223 may be provided in the server 11, and the server 11 may analyze each user's reaction based on information and data collected by the client 12.
  • all or part of the functions of the context analysis module 203 may be provided in the server 11.
  • the function of the context analysis unit 233 may be provided in the server 11, and the server 11 may analyze the context of each user based on information and data collected by the client 12. Further, the server 11 may detect a part of data regarding the context of each user.
  • all or part of the functions of the information personalization module 115 may be provided in the client 12 so that the client 12 learns the user's preferences.
  • the learning unit 162 may be provided outside the server 11, and the server 11 may acquire a learning result of the user's preference from the outside.
  • presentation control unit 182 may be provided in the client 12, and the client 12 may select and control the presentation method.
  • all or part of the function of the detection unit 222 of the reaction detection module 202 is provided outside the client 12 so that all or part of information indicating the user's reaction is detected outside the client 12. Also good.
  • all or part of the function of the detection unit 232 of the context detection module 203 may be provided outside the client 12 so that all or part of the data related to the user's context is detected outside the client 12. Good.
  • the input unit, display unit, and storage unit of a plurality of modules can be shared as appropriate.
  • the function of the server 11 may be shared by a plurality of servers.
  • the present technology can be applied to, for example, the case where the client 12 collects information by itself and performs clustering.
  • the series of processes described above can be executed by hardware or can be executed by software.
  • a program constituting the software is installed in the computer.
  • the computer includes, for example, a general-purpose personal computer capable of executing various functions by installing various programs by installing a computer incorporated in dedicated hardware.
  • FIG. 12 is a block diagram showing an example of the hardware configuration of a computer that executes the above-described series of processing by a program.
  • a CPU Central Processing Unit
  • ROM Read Only Memory
  • RAM Random Access Memory
  • An input / output interface 705 is further connected to the bus 704.
  • An input unit 706, an output unit 707, a storage unit 708, a communication unit 709, and a drive 710 are connected to the input / output interface 705.
  • the input unit 706 includes a keyboard, a mouse, a microphone, and the like.
  • the output unit 707 includes a display, a speaker, and the like.
  • the storage unit 708 includes a hard disk, a nonvolatile memory, and the like.
  • the communication unit 709 includes a network interface.
  • the drive 710 drives a removable medium 711 such as a magnetic disk, an optical disk, a magneto-optical disk, or a semiconductor memory.
  • the CPU 701 loads the program stored in the storage unit 708 to the RAM 703 via the input / output interface 705 and the bus 704 and executes the program, for example. Is performed.
  • the program executed by the computer (CPU 701) can be provided by being recorded in, for example, a removable medium 711 as a package medium or the like.
  • the program can be provided via a wired or wireless transmission medium such as a local area network, the Internet, or digital satellite broadcasting.
  • the program can be installed in the storage unit 708 via the input / output interface 705 by attaching the removable medium 711 to the drive 710. Further, the program can be received by the communication unit 709 via a wired or wireless transmission medium and installed in the storage unit 708. In addition, the program can be installed in advance in the ROM 702 or the storage unit 708.
  • the program executed by the computer may be a program that is processed in time series in the order described in this specification, or in parallel or at a necessary timing such as when a call is made. It may be a program for processing.
  • the system means a set of a plurality of components (devices, modules (parts), etc.), and it does not matter whether all the components are in the same housing. Accordingly, a plurality of devices housed in separate housings and connected via a network and a single device housing a plurality of modules in one housing are all systems. .
  • the present technology can take a cloud computing configuration in which one function is shared by a plurality of devices via a network and is jointly processed.
  • each step described in the above flowchart can be executed by one device or can be shared by a plurality of devices.
  • the plurality of processes included in the one step can be executed by being shared by a plurality of apparatuses in addition to being executed by one apparatus.
  • the present technology can take the following configurations.
  • a context acquisition unit that acquires information indicating the user's context
  • a selection unit that selects presentation information that is information to be presented to the user based on the context of the user
  • An information processing apparatus comprising: a presentation control unit that controls a method of presenting the presentation information based on the context of the user.
  • the selection unit selects the presentation information based on a preference of the user for each context.
  • the information processing apparatus according to (2) further including a learning unit that learns a preference for each context of the user.
  • a learning unit that learns the user's preference for the presentation method for each context of the user; The information processing apparatus according to (1) or (2), wherein the presentation control unit controls the presentation method based on a learning result of the learning unit.
  • the transmission unit is any one of text, a still image, a moving image, audio, or a combination thereof.
  • the user context includes at least one of a context related to time, a context related to a place, and a context related to the user's behavior.
  • the user's context includes a person who is with the user; The information processing apparatus according to any one of (1) to (8), wherein the selection unit selects the presentation information based on at least a person who is with the user.
  • the user's context includes the type of device that the user uses to present the presentation information; The information processing apparatus according to any one of (1) to (9), wherein the presentation control unit controls the presentation method based on at least a type of the apparatus.
  • the selection unit selects the presentation information based on the user's context for each of two or more viewpoints based on a distribution of reaction information, which is information indicating a predetermined reaction by the user among information presented to the user.
  • the information processing apparatus according to any one of (1) to (10).
  • the selection unit includes a first viewpoint based on a range of a cluster to which the reaction information belongs, a second viewpoint based on a distribution of the reaction information for each cluster, and a distribution based on the newness of the reaction information.
  • Processing equipment. (13) The information processing apparatus according to any one of (1) to (12), further including a context detection unit that detects the context of the user.
  • a context acquisition unit that acquires information indicating the user's context
  • An information processing apparatus comprising: a presentation control unit that controls a presentation information presentation method that is information presented to the user based on the user context.
  • a context acquisition unit that acquires information about the user's context;
  • An information processing apparatus comprising: a selection unit that selects presentation information that is information to be presented to the user based on the user's preference for each context.
  • Information processing system 11 servers, 12 clients, 101 information acquisition unit, 102 clustering unit, 103 presentation information selection unit, 111 information collection module, 112 information editing module, 113 language analysis module, 114 topic analysis module, 115 information personalization Module, 116 information integration module, 122 information collection unit, 132 information editing unit, 141 language analysis unit, 151 topic analysis unit, 161 selection unit, 162 learning unit, 171 search unit, 172 recommendation unit, 181 management unit, 182 presentation control Part, 183 user information acquisition part, 184 communication part, 201 information presentation module, 202 reaction detection module, 203 context detection module , 204 Information integration module, 212 control unit, 213 presentation unit, 221 input unit, 222 detection unit, 223 reaction analysis unit, 232 detection unit, 233 context analysis unit, 241 management unit, 242 communication unit

Abstract

This technology pertains to an information processing device capable of appropriately presenting a user with information, an information processing method, and a program. A server obtains information pertaining to a user context. The server selects presentation information to be presented to a user on the basis of the obtained user context. The server controls a method for presenting the presentation information on the basis of the user context. This technology is applicable, for example, to a server or the like providing a service for recommending news articles and the like.

Description

情報処理装置、情報処理方法、及び、プログラムInformation processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
 本技術は、情報処理装置、情報処理方法、及び、プログラムに関し、例えば、適切にユーザに情報を提示できるようにした情報処理装置、情報処理方法、及び、プログラムに関する。 The present technology relates to an information processing device, an information processing method, and a program. For example, the present technology relates to an information processing device, an information processing method, and a program that can appropriately present information to a user.
 従来、ユーザの状況に関する情報とコンテンツのメタデータの一致度に基づいてユーザに推薦するコンテンツを決定し、コンテンツの推薦を行う技術が提案されている(例えば、特許文献1参照)。 Conventionally, a technique has been proposed in which content to be recommended to a user is determined based on the degree of coincidence between information on a user's situation and content metadata (for example, refer to Patent Document 1).
特開2010-262436号公報JP 2010-262436 A
 しかしながら、特許文献1に記載の技術では、ユーザの行動によって時々刻々と変わる状況に対応して、推薦するコンテンツの内容や提示方法を最適化することはできない。 However, with the technology described in Patent Document 1, it is not possible to optimize the content and presentation method of the recommended content in response to a situation that changes from moment to moment depending on user behavior.
 本技術は、このような状況に鑑みてなされたものであり、適切にユーザに情報を提示できるようにするものである。 This technology has been made in view of such a situation, and enables information to be appropriately presented to the user.
 本技術の第1の側面の情報処理装置は、ユーザのコンテクストに関する情報を取得するコンテクスト取得部と、前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて、前記ユーザに提示する情報である提示情報を選択する選択部と、前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて、前記提示情報の提示方法を制御する提示制御部とを含む。 The information processing apparatus according to the first aspect of the present technology includes a context acquisition unit that acquires information about a user's context, and a selection unit that selects presentation information that is information to be presented to the user based on the user's context; And a presentation control unit that controls the presentation information presentation method based on the context of the user.
 前記選択部には、前記ユーザのコンテクスト毎の嗜好に基づいて前記提示情報を選択させることができる。 The selection unit can select the presentation information based on the user's preference for each context.
 前記ユーザのコンテクスト毎の嗜好を学習する学習部をさらに設けることができる。 It is possible to further provide a learning unit for learning the user's preference for each context.
 前記学習部には、ユーザ毎にコンテクストの分類方法を変更して各ユーザの嗜好を学習させることができる。 The learning unit can learn the preferences of each user by changing the context classification method for each user.
 前記ユーザのコンテクスト毎に前記提示方法に対する前記ユーザの嗜好を学習する学習部をさらに設け、前記提示制御部には、前記学習部の学習結果に基づいて前記提示方法を制御させることができる。 A learning unit that learns the user's preference with respect to the presentation method may be further provided for each user context, and the presentation control unit may control the presentation method based on a learning result of the learning unit.
 前記提示制御部には、前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて、前記提示情報の伝達手段を選択させることができる。 The presentation control unit can select the means for transmitting the presentation information based on the user's context.
 前記伝達手段を、テキスト、静止画、若しくは、動画、若しくは、音声、又は、それらの組み合わせのいずれかとすることができる。 The transmission means can be any of text, still image, moving image, audio, or a combination thereof.
 前記ユーザのコンテクストに、時間に関するコンテクスト、場所に関するコンテクスト、及び、前記ユーザの行動に関するコンテクストのうち少なくとも1つを含ませることができる。 The user's context may include at least one of a context related to time, a context related to a place, and a context related to the user's behavior.
 前記ユーザのコンテクストに、前記ユーザと一緒にいる人を含ませ、前記選択部には、少なくとも前記ユーザと一緒にいる人に基づいて、前記提示情報を選択させることができる。 The user's context may include a person who is with the user, and the selection unit may select the presentation information based on at least the person who is with the user.
 前記ユーザのコンテクストに、前記ユーザが前記提示情報の提示に用いる装置の種類を含ませ、前記提示制御部には、少なくとも前記装置の種類に基づいて、前記提示方法を制御させることができる。 The user's context may include the type of device that the user uses to present the presentation information, and the presentation control unit may control the presentation method based on at least the type of the device.
 前記選択部には、前記ユーザに提示した情報のうち前記ユーザが所定の反応を示した情報である反応情報の分布に基づく2以上の観点毎に、前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて前記提示情報を選択させることができる。 The selection unit displays the presentation information based on the context of the user for each of two or more viewpoints based on a distribution of reaction information, which is information indicating a predetermined reaction by the user among information presented to the user. Can be selected.
 前記選択部には、前記反応情報が属するクラスタの範囲の広さに基づく第1の観点、前記反応情報の前記クラスタ毎の分布に基づく第2の観点、前記反応情報の新しさを基準とする分布に基づく第3の観点、及び、前記反応情報の人気度を基準とする分布に基づく第4の観点のうち少なくとも2以上の観点毎に、前記提示情報を選択させることができる。 Based on the first viewpoint based on the range of the cluster to which the reaction information belongs, the second viewpoint based on the distribution of the reaction information for each cluster, and the newness of the reaction information The presentation information can be selected for each of at least two or more viewpoints among the third viewpoint based on the distribution and the fourth viewpoint based on the distribution based on the popularity of the reaction information.
 前記ユーザのコンテクストを検出するコンテクスト検出部をさらに設けることができる。 It is possible to further provide a context detection unit for detecting the user's context.
 本技術の第1の側面の情報処理方法は、ユーザのコンテクストに関する情報を取得するコンテクスト取得ステップと、前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて、前記ユーザに提示する情報である提示情報を選択する選択ステップと、前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて、前記提示情報の提示方法を制御する提示制御ステップとを含む。 An information processing method according to the first aspect of the present technology includes a context acquisition step of acquiring information related to a user's context, and a selection step of selecting presentation information that is information to be presented to the user based on the user's context; And a presentation control step for controlling the presentation information presentation method based on the context of the user.
 本技術の第1の側面のプログラムは、ユーザのコンテクストに関する情報を取得するコンテクスト取得ステップと、前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて、前記ユーザに提示する情報である提示情報を選択する選択ステップと、前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて、前記提示情報の提示方法を制御する提示制御ステップとを含む処理をコンピュータに実行させる。 The program according to the first aspect of the present technology includes a context acquisition step of acquiring information related to a user's context, a selection step of selecting presentation information that is information to be presented to the user based on the context of the user, Based on a user's context, a computer is made to perform the process including the presentation control step which controls the presentation information presentation method.
 本技術の第2の側面の情報処理装置は、ユーザのコンテクストに関する情報を取得するコンテクスト取得部と、前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて、前記ユーザに提示する情報である提示情報の提示方法を制御する提示制御部とを含む。 An information processing apparatus according to a second aspect of the present technology controls a presentation method of presentation information, which is information presented to the user, based on a context acquisition unit that acquires information related to the user's context and the user's context. A presentation control unit.
 本技術の第3の側面の情報処理装置は、ユーザのコンテクストに関する情報を取得するコンテクスト取得部と、前記ユーザのコンテクスト毎の嗜好に基づいて、前記ユーザに提示する情報である提示情報を選択する選択部とを含む。 The information processing apparatus according to the third aspect of the present technology selects a presentation information that is information to be presented to the user based on a context acquisition unit that acquires information about the user's context and the user's preference for each context. And a selection unit.
 本技術の第1の側面においては、ユーザのコンテクストに関する情報が取得され、前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて、前記ユーザに提示する情報である提示情報が選択され、前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて、前記提示情報の提示方法が制御される。 In the first aspect of the present technology, information related to a user's context is acquired, and based on the user's context, presentation information that is information to be presented to the user is selected, and based on the user's context, the The presentation information presentation method is controlled.
 本技術の第2の側面においては、ユーザのコンテクストに関する情報が取得され、前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて、前記ユーザに提示する情報である提示情報の提示方法が制御される。 In the second aspect of the present technology, information related to the user's context is acquired, and based on the user's context, a method of presenting presentation information that is information to be presented to the user is controlled.
 本技術の第3の側面においては、ユーザのコンテクストに関する情報が取得され、前記ユーザのコンテクスト毎の嗜好に基づいて、前記ユーザに提示する情報である提示情報が選択される。 In the third aspect of the present technology, information related to a user's context is acquired, and presentation information that is information to be presented to the user is selected based on the user's preference for each context.
 本技術の第1の側面乃至第3の側面によれば、適切にユーザに情報を提示することができる。 According to the first to third aspects of the present technology, information can be appropriately presented to the user.
 なお、ここに記載された効果は必ずしも限定されるものではなく、本開示中に記載されたいずれかの効果であってもよい。 It should be noted that the effects described here are not necessarily limited, and may be any of the effects described in the present disclosure.
本技術を適用した情報処理システムの一実施の形態を示すブロック図である。1 is a block diagram illustrating an embodiment of an information processing system to which the present technology is applied. サーバの機能の構成例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the structural example of the function of a server. クライアントの機能の構成例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the structural example of the function of a client. 情報取得処理を説明するためのフローチャートである。It is a flowchart for demonstrating an information acquisition process. 情報解析処理を説明するためのフローチャートである。It is a flowchart for demonstrating an information analysis process. 情報提示処理を説明するためのフローチャートである。It is a flowchart for demonstrating an information presentation process. クライアントにおいて提示される画面の第1の例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the 1st example of the screen shown in a client. クライアントにおいて提示される画面の第2の例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the 2nd example of the screen shown in a client. クライアントにおいて提示される画面の第3の例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the 3rd example of the screen shown in a client. クライアントにおいて提示される画面の第4の例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the 4th example of the screen shown in a client. クライアントにおいて提示される画面の第5の例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows the 5th example of the screen shown in a client. コンピュータの構成例を示すブロック図である。It is a block diagram which shows the structural example of a computer.
 以下、本技術を実施するための形態(以下、実施の形態という)について説明する。なお、説明は以下の順序で行う。
1.実施の形態
2.変形例
Hereinafter, modes for carrying out the present technology (hereinafter referred to as embodiments) will be described. The description will be given in the following order.
1. Embodiment 2. FIG. Modified example
<1.実施の形態>
{情報処理システム1の構成例}
 図1は、本技術を適用した情報処理システム1の一実施の形態を示している。
<1. Embodiment>
{Configuration example of information processing system 1}
FIG. 1 shows an embodiment of an information processing system 1 to which the present technology is applied.
 情報処理システム1は、サーバ11及びクライアント12-1乃至12-nを含むように構成される。サーバ11及びクライアント12-1乃至12-nは、ネットワーク13を介して相互に接続されており、互いに通信を行う。サーバ11及びクライアント12-1乃至12nの通信方式は、有線又は無線に関わらず、任意の通信方式を採用することが可能である。 The information processing system 1 is configured to include a server 11 and clients 12-1 to 12-n. The server 11 and the clients 12-1 to 12-n are connected to each other via the network 13 and communicate with each other. The communication method of the server 11 and the clients 12-1 to 12n can adopt any communication method regardless of wired or wireless.
 サーバ11は、クライアント12-1乃至12-nを使用するユーザに対して、各種の情報や物等の検索及び推薦を行う検索・推薦サービスを提供する。また、サーバ11は、必要に応じて、検索・推薦サービスを利用するのに必要なアプリケーションプログラム(以下、検索・推薦サービスAPPと称する)をクライアント12-1乃至12-nに提供する。 The server 11 provides a search / recommendation service for searching and recommending various information and objects to users who use the clients 12-1 to 12-n. Further, the server 11 provides the clients 12-1 to 12-n with application programs (hereinafter referred to as a search / recommendation service APP) necessary for using the search / recommendation service, as necessary.
 クライアント12-1乃至12-nは、例えば、サーバ11が提供する検索・推薦サービスを各ユーザが利用する際に用いられる。なお、クライアント12-1乃至12-nは、検索・推薦サービスを利用可能な装置であれば、その実施形態は問わない。例えば、クライアント12-1乃至12-nは、スマートフォン、タブレット、携帯電話機、ノート型のパーソナルコンピュータ等の携帯情報端末、ウェアラブルデバイス、デスクトップ型のパーソナルコンピュータ、ゲーム機、動画再生装置、音楽再生装置等により構成される。また、ウェアラブルデバイスには、例えば、眼鏡型、腕時計型、ブレスレット型、ネックレス型、ネックバンド型、イヤフォン型、ヘッドセット型、ヘッドマウント型等の各種の方式を採用することができる。 The clients 12-1 to 12-n are used when each user uses a search / recommendation service provided by the server 11, for example. The clients 12-1 to 12-n may be of any embodiment as long as they can use the search / recommendation service. For example, the clients 12-1 to 12-n are smartphones, tablets, mobile phones, portable information terminals such as notebook personal computers, wearable devices, desktop personal computers, game machines, video playback devices, music playback devices, etc. Consists of. For the wearable device, for example, various types such as a glasses type, a watch type, a bracelet type, a necklace type, a neckband type, an earphone type, a headset type, and a head mount type can be adopted.
 なお、以下、サーバ11が、ニュース等の記事の検索及び推薦を行う場合を例に挙げて説明する。 In the following description, the server 11 searches and recommends articles such as news.
 また、以下、クライアント12-1乃至12-nを個々に区別する必要がない場合、単にクライアント12と称する。 Hereinafter, the clients 12-1 to 12-n are simply referred to as clients 12 when there is no need to distinguish them individually.
{サーバ11の機能の構成例}
 図2は、サーバ11の機能の構成例を示している。サーバ11は、情報収集モジュール111、情報編集モジュール112、言語解析モジュール113、トピック解析モジュール114、情報個人化モジュール115、及び、情報統合モジュール116を含むように構成される。
{Example of configuration of function of server 11}
FIG. 2 shows a configuration example of functions of the server 11. The server 11 is configured to include an information collection module 111, an information editing module 112, a language analysis module 113, a topic analysis module 114, an information personalization module 115, and an information integration module 116.
 情報収集モジュール111は、入力部121、情報収集部122、表示部123、及び、記憶部124を含むように構成される。 The information collection module 111 is configured to include an input unit 121, an information collection unit 122, a display unit 123, and a storage unit 124.
 入力部121は、例えば、キーボード、マウス、ボタン、スイッチ、ポインティングデバイス、マイクロフォン等の各種の入力デバイスにより構成される。入力部121は、例えば、情報収集モジュール111に対する指令やデータ等の入力に用いられ、入力された指令やデータ等を情報収集部122に供給する。 The input unit 121 includes various input devices such as a keyboard, a mouse, a button, a switch, a pointing device, and a microphone. The input unit 121 is used, for example, for inputting commands and data to the information collection module 111, and supplies the input commands and data to the information collection unit 122.
 情報収集部122は、例えば、プロセッサ等により構成される。情報収集部122は、ネットワーク13を介して、図示せぬ他のサーバ等からユーザに提示する記事の収集を行い、収集した記事に関する情報を情報統合モジュール116の管理部181に供給する。 The information collection unit 122 is configured by, for example, a processor. The information collection unit 122 collects articles to be presented to the user from other servers (not shown) via the network 13 and supplies information related to the collected articles to the management unit 181 of the information integration module 116.
 表示部123は、例えば、ディスプレイ等により構成され、情報収集モジュール111を使用するための画面等の表示を行う。 The display unit 123 includes, for example, a display, and displays a screen for using the information collection module 111.
 記憶部124は、例えば、記憶装置により構成され、情報収集部122の処理に必要なデータ等を記憶する。 The storage unit 124 is configured by a storage device, for example, and stores data and the like necessary for the processing of the information collection unit 122.
 情報編集モジュール112は、入力部131、情報編集部132、表示部133、及び、記憶部134を含むように構成される。 The information editing module 112 includes an input unit 131, an information editing unit 132, a display unit 133, and a storage unit 134.
 入力部131は、例えば、キーボード、マウス、ボタン、スイッチ、ポインティングデバイス、マイクロフォン等の各種の入力デバイスにより構成される。入力部131は、例えば、情報収集モジュール111に対する指令やデータ等の入力に用いられ、入力された指令やデータ等を情報編集部132に供給する。 The input unit 131 includes various input devices such as a keyboard, a mouse, a button, a switch, a pointing device, and a microphone. The input unit 131 is used, for example, for inputting commands and data to the information collection module 111, and supplies the input commands and data to the information editing unit 132.
 情報編集部132は、例えば、プロセッサ等により構成される。情報編集部132は、情報収集モジュール111が収集した記事に関する情報を管理部181から取得し、情報編集を行う。ここで、情報編集とは、例えば、悪質な記事や、セキュリティ面に問題があるウエブサイト上の記事等を除外したり、優先的にユーザに推薦する記事の選択を行ったりすることである。情報編集部132は、情報編集の結果を示す情報を管理部181に供給する。 The information editing unit 132 is configured by, for example, a processor. The information editing unit 132 acquires information on articles collected by the information collection module 111 from the management unit 181 and performs information editing. Here, the information editing is, for example, to exclude malicious articles or articles on a website with a security problem, or to preferentially select an article recommended to the user. The information editing unit 132 supplies information indicating the result of information editing to the management unit 181.
 表示部133は、例えば、ディスプレイ等により構成され、情報編集モジュール112を使用するための画面等の表示を行う。 The display unit 133 is configured by, for example, a display and displays a screen for using the information editing module 112.
 記憶部134は、例えば、記憶装置により構成され、情報編集部132の処理に必要なデータ等を記憶する。 The storage unit 134 is configured by a storage device, for example, and stores data and the like necessary for the processing of the information editing unit 132.
 なお、情報収集モジュール111及び情報編集モジュール112により、情報取得部101が構成される。 Note that the information acquisition module 101 includes the information collection module 111 and the information editing module 112.
 言語解析モジュール113は、言語解析部141及び記憶部142を含むように構成される。 The language analysis module 113 is configured to include a language analysis unit 141 and a storage unit 142.
 言語解析部141は、例えば、プロセッサ等により構成される。言語解析部141は、各記事のメタデータを管理部181から取得し、各記事の言語解析を行う。言語解析部141は、言語解析の結果を管理部181に供給する。 The language analysis unit 141 is constituted by, for example, a processor. The language analysis unit 141 acquires metadata of each article from the management unit 181 and performs language analysis of each article. The language analysis unit 141 supplies the result of language analysis to the management unit 181.
 記憶部142は、例えば、記憶装置により構成され、言語解析部141の処理に必要なデータ等を記憶する。 The storage unit 142 is constituted by a storage device, for example, and stores data and the like necessary for the processing of the language analysis unit 141.
 トピック解析モジュール114は、トピック解析部151及び記憶部152を含むように構成される。 The topic analysis module 114 is configured to include a topic analysis unit 151 and a storage unit 152.
 トピック解析部151は、例えば、プロセッサ等により構成される。トピック解析部151は、各記事の言語解析の結果を管理部181から取得し、言語解析の結果に基づいて、各記事のトピック解析を行う。トピック解析部151は、各記事のトピック解析の結果を管理部181に供給する。 The topic analysis unit 151 includes, for example, a processor. The topic analysis unit 151 acquires the language analysis result of each article from the management unit 181 and performs topic analysis of each article based on the result of the language analysis. The topic analysis unit 151 supplies the topic analysis result of each article to the management unit 181.
 記憶部152は、例えば、記憶装置により構成され、トピック解析部151の処理に必要なデータ等を記憶する。 The storage unit 152 is configured by a storage device, for example, and stores data and the like necessary for the processing of the topic analysis unit 151.
 なお、言語解析モジュール113及びトピック解析モジュール114により、クラスタリング部102が構成される。 The language analysis module 113 and the topic analysis module 114 constitute the clustering unit 102.
 情報個人化モジュール115は、選択部161、学習部162、及び、記憶部163を含むように構成される。 The information personalization module 115 is configured to include a selection unit 161, a learning unit 162, and a storage unit 163.
 選択部161、及び、学習部162は、例えば、プロセッサ等により構成される。 The selection unit 161 and the learning unit 162 are configured by, for example, a processor.
 選択部161は、各ユーザに提示する記事を選択する。選択部161は、検索部171及び推薦部172を含むように構成される。 The selection unit 161 selects an article to be presented to each user. The selection unit 161 is configured to include a search unit 171 and a recommendation unit 172.
 検索部171は、各ユーザに提示する記事の検索を行う。例えば、検索部171は、ユーザにより指定された検索条件、及び、ユーザに提示する対象となる記事に関する情報を管理部181から取得し、検索条件と合致する記事を検索する。検索部171は、検索結果を管理部181に供給する。 The search unit 171 searches for articles to be presented to each user. For example, the search unit 171 acquires from the management unit 181 the search condition specified by the user and information related to the article to be presented to the user, and searches for an article that matches the search condition. The search unit 171 supplies the search result to the management unit 181.
 推薦部172は、各ユーザに推薦する記事の選択を行う。例えば、推薦部172は、ユーザ反応履歴、及び、トピック頻度の集計結果、並びに、ユーザに提示する対象となる記事に関する情報を管理部181から取得する。なお、ユーザ反応履歴とは、過去に提示した記事に対する各ユーザの反応を記録したものである。トピック頻度とは、各ユーザが反応を示した記事が属するトピックの分布を示すものである。また、推薦部172は、各ユーザの嗜好の学習結果を管理部181から取得する。そして、推薦部172は、取得したデータ等に基づいて、各ユーザに推薦する記事を選択する。推薦部172は、各ユーザに推薦する記事を示す情報を管理部181に供給する。 The recommendation unit 172 selects an article recommended for each user. For example, the recommendation unit 172 acquires from the management unit 181 information regarding the user reaction history, the topic frequency tabulation result, and the article to be presented to the user. Note that the user response history is a record of each user's response to articles presented in the past. The topic frequency indicates the distribution of topics to which articles to which each user responds belong. Also, the recommendation unit 172 acquires the learning result of each user's preference from the management unit 181. And the recommendation part 172 selects the article recommended to each user based on the acquired data. The recommendation unit 172 supplies information indicating articles recommended to each user to the management unit 181.
 学習部162は、各ユーザの嗜好の学習を行う。例えば、学習部162は、各ユーザのユーザ反応履歴、並びに、各記事の言語解析及びトピック解析の結果を管理部181から取得する。学習部162は、取得したデータ等に基づいて、各ユーザの記事に対する嗜好を学習する。学習部162は、各ユーザの嗜好の学習結果を管理部181に供給する。 The learning unit 162 learns each user's preference. For example, the learning unit 162 acquires the user reaction history of each user and the results of language analysis and topic analysis of each article from the management unit 181. The learning unit 162 learns each user's preference for articles based on the acquired data and the like. The learning unit 162 supplies the learning result of each user's preference to the management unit 181.
 また、学習部162は、各ユーザのユーザ反応履歴に基づいて、ユーザ毎にトピック頻度の集計を行う。さらに、学習部162は、トピック頻度の集計結果に基づいて、各ユーザの情報探索度を計算する。ここで、情報探索度とは、ユーザの情報探索の傾向(ユーザが反応を示した記事の分布)を複数の観点により分析した値であり、詳細については後述する。学習部162は、各ユーザのトピック頻度の集計結果及び情報探索度の計算結果を管理部181に供給する。 In addition, the learning unit 162 aggregates topic frequencies for each user based on the user reaction history of each user. Further, the learning unit 162 calculates the information search degree of each user based on the total result of the topic frequency. Here, the information search degree is a value obtained by analyzing the tendency of the user to search for information (distribution of articles in which the user has reacted) from a plurality of viewpoints, and details will be described later. The learning unit 162 supplies the management unit 181 with the result of counting the topic frequency of each user and the calculation result of the information search degree.
 また、学習部162は、各ユーザのユーザ反応履歴に基づいて、各ユーザの記事の提示方法に対する嗜好を学習する。より具体的には、学習部162は、各ユーザが反応を示した記事の提示方法の分布を示す提示方法頻度を集計する。学習部162は、各ユーザの提示方法頻度の集計結果を管理部181に供給する。 Also, the learning unit 162 learns each user's preference for the article presentation method based on the user reaction history of each user. More specifically, the learning unit 162 totals the presentation method frequencies indicating the distribution of the presentation methods of articles in which each user has reacted. The learning unit 162 supplies the total result of the presentation method frequency of each user to the management unit 181.
 記憶部163は、例えば、記憶装置により構成され、検索部171、推薦部172、及び、学習部162の処理に必要なデータ等を記憶する。 The storage unit 163 includes, for example, a storage device, and stores data necessary for the processing of the search unit 171, the recommendation unit 172, and the learning unit 162.
 なお、情報個人化モジュール115により提示情報選択部103が構成される。 Note that the presentation information selection unit 103 is configured by the information personalization module 115.
 情報統合モジュール116は、管理部181、提示制御部182、ユーザ情報取得部183、通信部184、及び、記憶部185を含むように構成される。 The information integration module 116 is configured to include a management unit 181, a presentation control unit 182, a user information acquisition unit 183, a communication unit 184, and a storage unit 185.
 管理部181、提示制御部182、及び、ユーザ情報取得部183は、例えば、プロセッサ等により構成される。 The management unit 181, the presentation control unit 182, and the user information acquisition unit 183 are configured by, for example, a processor.
 管理部181は、例えば、各モジュールの処理を制御したり、各モジュール間のデータ等の授受を制御したりする。また、管理部181は、各モジュール、提示制御部182、及び、ユーザ情報取得部183から取得したデータ等を記憶部185に記憶させたり、記憶部185に記憶されているデータ等を各モジュール及び提示制御部182に供給したりする。 The management unit 181 controls, for example, the processing of each module and the exchange of data and the like between the modules. In addition, the management unit 181 stores the data acquired from each module, the presentation control unit 182 and the user information acquisition unit 183 in the storage unit 185, or stores the data stored in the storage unit 185 in each module and To the presentation control unit 182.
 提示制御部182は、通信部184及びネットワーク13を介して、ユーザに記事を提示するためのデータ等を各クライアント12に送信し、各クライアント12における記事の提示方法等の制御を行う。 The presentation control unit 182 transmits, for example, data for presenting an article to the user to each client 12 via the communication unit 184 and the network 13, and controls the article presentation method and the like in each client 12.
 ユーザ情報取得部183は、各ユーザに関するユーザ情報を、ネットワーク13及び通信部184を介して各クライアント12から受信する。ユーザ情報は、例えば、ユーザの検索・推薦サービスに対する操作内容を示すユーザ操作情報、提示した記事に対するユーザの反応の内容を示すユーザ反応情報、及び、ユーザのコンテクストに関するユーザコンテクスト情報等を含む。ユーザ情報取得部183は、受信したユーザ情報を管理部181に供給する。 The user information acquisition unit 183 receives user information about each user from each client 12 via the network 13 and the communication unit 184. The user information includes, for example, user operation information indicating the operation content for the user search / recommendation service, user reaction information indicating the content of the user's response to the presented article, user context information regarding the user's context, and the like. The user information acquisition unit 183 supplies the received user information to the management unit 181.
 通信部184は、例えば、通信装置により構成され、ネットワーク13を介して、各クライアント12と通信を行う。 The communication unit 184 is configured by a communication device, for example, and communicates with each client 12 via the network 13.
 記憶部185は、例えば、記憶装置により構成され、サーバ11全体の処理に必要なデータ等を記憶する。 The storage unit 185 is configured by a storage device, for example, and stores data and the like necessary for the processing of the entire server 11.
{クライアント12の機能の構成例}
 図3は、クライアント12の機能の構成例を示している。クライアント12は、情報提示モジュール201、反応検出モジュール202、コンテクスト検出モジュール203、及び、情報統合モジュール204を含むように構成される。
{Configuration example of client 12 function}
FIG. 3 shows a functional configuration example of the client 12. The client 12 is configured to include an information presentation module 201, a reaction detection module 202, a context detection module 203, and an information integration module 204.
 情報提示モジュール201は、検索・推薦サービスにおける情報の提示を制御するモジュールである。情報提示モジュール201は、入力部211、制御部212、提示部213、及び、記憶部214を含むように構成される。 The information presentation module 201 is a module that controls the presentation of information in the search / recommendation service. The information presentation module 201 is configured to include an input unit 211, a control unit 212, a presentation unit 213, and a storage unit 214.
 入力部211は、例えば、キーボード、マウス、ボタン、スイッチ、ポインティングデバイス、マイクロフォン等の各種の入力デバイスにより構成される。入力部211は、例えば、情報提示モジュール201に対する指令やデータ等の入力に用いられ、入力された指令やデータ等を制御部212に供給する。 The input unit 211 includes various input devices such as a keyboard, a mouse, a button, a switch, a pointing device, and a microphone. The input unit 211 is used, for example, for inputting commands and data to the information presentation module 201 and supplies the input commands and data to the control unit 212.
 制御部212は、例えば、プロセッサ等により構成される。制御部212は、クライアント12における検索・推薦サービスの処理の制御を行う。例えば、制御部212は、ネットワーク13等を介してサーバ11から送信されるデータ等を受信し、受信したデータ等に基づいて、提示部213におけるユーザへの記事の提示を制御する。また、制御部212は、入力部211を用いてユーザにより入力されたユーザ操作の内容を示すユーザ操作情報を情報統合モジュール204の管理部241に供給する。 The control unit 212 includes, for example, a processor. The control unit 212 controls search / recommendation service processing in the client 12. For example, the control unit 212 receives data or the like transmitted from the server 11 via the network 13 or the like, and controls the presentation of articles to the user in the presentation unit 213 based on the received data or the like. In addition, the control unit 212 supplies user operation information indicating the content of the user operation input by the user using the input unit 211 to the management unit 241 of the information integration module 204.
 提示部213は、例えば、表示装置や音声出力装置等により構成される。提示部213は、制御部212の制御の下に、情報提示モジュール201を使用するための画面の表示や音声の出力等を行う。 The presentation unit 213 includes, for example, a display device, an audio output device, and the like. Under the control of the control unit 212, the presentation unit 213 displays a screen for using the information presentation module 201, outputs audio, and the like.
 記憶部214は、例えば、記憶装置により構成され、制御部212の処理に必要なデータ等を記憶する。 The storage unit 214 is configured by a storage device, for example, and stores data and the like necessary for the processing of the control unit 212.
 反応検出モジュール202は、検索・推薦サービスにおいて提示された記事に対するユーザの反応を検出するモジュールである。反応検出モジュール202は、入力部221、検出部222、反応解析部223、及び、記憶部224を含むように構成される。 The reaction detection module 202 is a module that detects a user reaction to an article presented in the search / recommendation service. The reaction detection module 202 is configured to include an input unit 221, a detection unit 222, a reaction analysis unit 223, and a storage unit 224.
 入力部221は、例えば、キーボード、マウス、ボタン、スイッチ、ポインティングデバイス、マイクロフォン等の各種の入力デバイスにより構成される。入力部211は、例えば、反応検出モジュール202に対する指令やデータ等の入力、及び、情報提示モジュール201において提示された記事に対するユーザのフィードバックの入力に用いられる。入力部211は、入力された指令やデータ等を反応解析部223に供給する。 The input unit 221 includes various input devices such as a keyboard, a mouse, a button, a switch, a pointing device, and a microphone. The input unit 211 is used, for example, for inputting commands, data, and the like to the reaction detection module 202 and for inputting user feedback for articles presented in the information presentation module 201. The input unit 211 supplies the input command, data, and the like to the reaction analysis unit 223.
 検出部222は、例えば、音声認識装置、画像認識装置、生体情報センサ等により構成される。検出部222は、情報提示モジュール201において提示された記事に対するユーザの反応を示す情報を検出し、検出した情報を反応解析部223に供給する。 The detection unit 222 includes, for example, a voice recognition device, an image recognition device, a biological information sensor, and the like. The detection unit 222 detects information indicating a user's reaction to the article presented in the information presentation module 201 and supplies the detected information to the reaction analysis unit 223.
 反応解析部223は、入力部221により入力されたユーザのフィードバック、及び、検出部222により検出されたユーザの反応を示す情報に基づいて、情報提示モジュール201において提示された記事に対するユーザの反応を解析する。反応解析部223は、ユーザの反応の解析結果を示すユーザ反応情報を生成し、情報統合モジュール204の管理部241に供給する。 Based on the user feedback input by the input unit 221 and the information indicating the user response detected by the detection unit 222, the reaction analysis unit 223 performs a user response to the article presented in the information presentation module 201. To analyze. The reaction analysis unit 223 generates user reaction information indicating the analysis result of the user's reaction, and supplies it to the management unit 241 of the information integration module 204.
 記憶部224は、例えば、記憶装置により構成され、反応解析部223の処理に必要なデータ等を記憶する。 The storage unit 224 is configured by a storage device, for example, and stores data and the like necessary for the processing of the reaction analysis unit 223.
 コンテクスト検出モジュール203は、ユーザのコンテクストを検出するモジュールである。ここで、ユーザのコンテクストには、例えば、ユーザ自身の状態や状況、及び、ユーザの周囲の状態や状況が含まれる。ユーザの状態や状況には、例えば、ユーザの属性、行動、姿勢、感情、体調、ユーザが使用しているクライアント12の種類等が含まれる。ユーザの属性には、例えば、ユーザの氏名、性別、年齢、国籍、住所、職業、趣味、特技、性格、身体的特徴等が含まれる。ユーザの周囲の状態や状況には、例えば、日時、場所、天候、気温、周囲の明るさ、周囲の音、周囲の匂い、ユーザの周囲の人や物等が含まれる。 The context detection module 203 is a module that detects a user's context. Here, the user's context includes, for example, the user's own state and situation, and the user's surrounding state and situation. The user state and situation include, for example, user attributes, behavior, posture, emotion, physical condition, the type of client 12 used by the user, and the like. The user's attributes include, for example, the user's name, sex, age, nationality, address, occupation, hobby, special skill, personality, physical characteristics, and the like. The state and situation around the user include, for example, date and time, place, weather, temperature, ambient brightness, ambient sound, ambient odor, people and objects around the user, and the like.
 コンテクスト検出モジュール203は、例えば、入力部231、検出部232、コンテクスト解析部233、及び、記憶部214を含むように構成される。 The context detection module 203 is configured to include, for example, an input unit 231, a detection unit 232, a context analysis unit 233, and a storage unit 214.
 入力部231は、例えば、キーボード、マウス、ボタン、スイッチ、ポインティングデバイス、マイクロフォン等の各種の入力デバイスにより構成される。入力部231は、例えば、コンテクスト検出モジュール203に対する指令やデータ等の入力に用いられ、入力された指令やデータ等をコンテクスト解析部233に供給する。 The input unit 231 includes various input devices such as a keyboard, a mouse, a button, a switch, a pointing device, and a microphone. The input unit 231 is used, for example, for inputting commands and data to the context detection module 203, and supplies the input commands and data to the context analysis unit 233.
 検出部232は、例えば、ユーザのコンテクストに関するデータを検出する各種のデバイスを含む。例えば、検出部232は、電波時計、GPS(Global Positioning System)レシーバ、音声認識装置、画像認識装置、各種センサ等を含む。各種センサは、例えば、光センサ、画像センサ、速度センサ、加速度センサ、角速度センサ、磁気センサ、温度センサ、湿度センサ、生体情報センサ等を含む。 The detection unit 232 includes, for example, various devices that detect data related to the user's context. For example, the detection unit 232 includes a radio clock, a GPS (Global Positioning System) receiver, a voice recognition device, an image recognition device, various sensors, and the like. Various sensors include, for example, an optical sensor, an image sensor, a speed sensor, an acceleration sensor, an angular velocity sensor, a magnetic sensor, a temperature sensor, a humidity sensor, a biological information sensor, and the like.
 また、検出部232は、例えば、通信装置等を含み、外部の機器やセンサ等からユーザのコンテクストに関するデータを取得する。さらに、検出部232は、例えば、クライアント12で実行中の検索・推薦サービスAPP以外のサービスやアプリケーションプログラムからユーザのコンテクストに関するデータを取得する。なお、このサービスやアプリケーションプログラムには、例えば、SNS(Social Networking Service)、スケジューラ等が含まれる。また、検出部232が取得するユーザのコンテクストに関するデータには、例えば、ユーザの周辺の場所に関するデータ(例えば、POI(Point Of Interest)データ等)、ユーザの行動に関するデータ、ユーザが一緒にいる人に関するデータ、ユーザの予定に関するデータ等が含まれる。 Further, the detection unit 232 includes, for example, a communication device and acquires data related to the user's context from an external device or sensor. Furthermore, the detection unit 232 acquires data related to the user's context from a service or application program other than the search / recommendation service APP being executed by the client 12, for example. The service and application program include, for example, SNS (Social Networking Service), scheduler, and the like. The data related to the user's context acquired by the detection unit 232 includes, for example, data related to a location around the user (for example, POI (Point Of Interest) data, etc.), data related to the user's behavior, and the person with whom the user is together. Data on the user, data on the user's schedule, and the like.
 そして、検出部232は、検出又は取得したユーザのコンテクストに関するデータをコンテクスト解析部233に供給する。 Then, the detection unit 232 supplies data regarding the detected or acquired user context to the context analysis unit 233.
 コンテクスト解析部233は、検出部232からのデータに基づいて、ユーザのコンテクストを解析する。コンテクスト解析部233は、ユーザのコンテクストの解析結果を示すユーザコンテクスト情報を、情報統合モジュール204の管理部241に供給する。 The context analysis unit 233 analyzes the user's context based on the data from the detection unit 232. The context analysis unit 233 supplies user context information indicating the analysis result of the user's context to the management unit 241 of the information integration module 204.
 記憶部234は、例えば、記憶装置により構成され、コンテクスト解析部233の処理に必要なデータ等を記憶する。 The storage unit 234 is constituted by a storage device, for example, and stores data and the like necessary for the processing of the context analysis unit 233.
 情報統合モジュール204は、管理部241、通信部242、及び、記憶部243を含むように構成される。 The information integration module 204 is configured to include a management unit 241, a communication unit 242, and a storage unit 243.
 管理部241は、例えば、プロセッサ等により構成される。管理部241は、例えば、各モジュールの処理を制御したり、各モジュール間のデータ等の授受を制御したりする。また、管理部241は、各モジュールから取得したデータ等を通信部242に供給したり、記憶部243に記憶させたりする。さらに、管理部241は、通信部242から取得したデータ等を各モジュールに供給したり、記憶部243に記憶させたりする。また、管理部241は、記憶部243に記憶されているデータ等を各モジュール及び通信部242に供給する。 The management unit 241 is configured by, for example, a processor. For example, the management unit 241 controls processing of each module and controls exchange of data and the like between the modules. In addition, the management unit 241 supplies data acquired from each module to the communication unit 242 or stores the data in the storage unit 243. Further, the management unit 241 supplies the data acquired from the communication unit 242 to each module or stores the data in the storage unit 243. In addition, the management unit 241 supplies data and the like stored in the storage unit 243 to each module and the communication unit 242.
 通信部242は、例えば、通信装置により構成され、ネットワーク13を介して、サーバ11と通信を行う。 The communication unit 242 is configured by a communication device, for example, and communicates with the server 11 via the network 13.
 記憶部243は、例えば、記憶装置により構成され、クライアント12全体の処理に必要なデータ等を記憶する。 The storage unit 243 is configured by a storage device, for example, and stores data and the like necessary for the processing of the entire client 12.
{情報処理システム1の処理}
 次に、図4乃至図11を参照して、情報処理システム1の処理について説明する。
{Processing of information processing system 1}
Next, processing of the information processing system 1 will be described with reference to FIGS. 4 to 11.
(情報取得処理)
 まず、図4のフローチャートを参照して、サーバ11により実行される情報取得処理について説明する。なお、この処理は、例えば、1日に1回、1時間に1回等、定期的に実行される。或いは、この処理は、例えば、検索・推薦サービスの管理者(以下、サービス管理者と称する)からの指令により実行される。
(Information acquisition process)
First, the information acquisition process executed by the server 11 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. Note that this process is periodically executed, for example, once a day or once an hour. Alternatively, this process is executed, for example, according to a command from a search / recommendation service administrator (hereinafter referred to as a service administrator).
 ステップS1において、サーバ11は、情報収集を行う。例えば、情報収集モジュール111の情報収集部122は、ネットワーク13を介して、RSS情報を提供しているウエブサイト(以下、RSSサイトと称する)のクロールを行う。情報収集部122は、クロールの結果得られた各RSSサイトの新着記事及び更新記事に関する情報(以下、新着・更新記事情報と称する)を、情報統合モジュール116の管理部181に供給する。管理部181は、取得した新着・更新記事情報を記憶部185に記憶させる。 In step S1, the server 11 collects information. For example, the information collection unit 122 of the information collection module 111 crawls a website providing RSS information (hereinafter referred to as an RSS site) via the network 13. The information collecting unit 122 supplies information related to new articles and updated articles (hereinafter referred to as new / updated article information) of each RSS site obtained as a result of crawling to the management unit 181 of the information integration module 116. The management unit 181 causes the storage unit 185 to store the acquired new arrival / update article information.
 なお、新着・更新記事情報は、各記事のメタデータを含む。また、各記事のメタデータは、例えば、記事のタイトル、記事の本文、発行日時、更新日時、記事を掲載しているウエブページのURL、使用言語等を含む。 The new arrival / update article information includes the metadata of each article. The metadata of each article includes, for example, the article title, the article text, the issue date / time, the update date / time, the URL of the web page on which the article is posted, the language used, and the like.
 ステップS2において、サーバ11は、情報編集を行う。具体的には、管理部181は、ステップS1の処理で取得した新着・更新記事情報を、情報編集モジュール112の情報編集部132に供給する。情報編集部132は、新着・更新記事情報に含まれる記事の中から問題のある記事を抽出し、ブラックリストに登録する。ここで、問題のある記事とは、例えば、悪質な記事や、セキュリティ面に問題のあるウエブサイト上の記事等である。 In step S2, the server 11 performs information editing. Specifically, the management unit 181 supplies newly arrived / updated article information acquired in the process of step S <b> 1 to the information editing unit 132 of the information editing module 112. The information editing unit 132 extracts problematic articles from the articles included in the new arrival / update article information, and registers them in the black list. Here, the problematic article is, for example, a malicious article or an article on a website having a security problem.
 なお、このブラックリストへの登録処理は、人手によりマニュアルで行うようにしてもよいし、情報編集部132が自動的に実行するようにしてもよい。前者の場合、例えば、サービス管理者が、ブラックリストに登録する記事を選択する。後者の場合、例えば、情報編集部132が、学習モデル等を用いて、ブラックリストに登録する記事を自動的に選択する。 Note that this blacklist registration process may be performed manually by hand, or may be automatically executed by the information editing unit 132. In the former case, for example, the service administrator selects an article to be registered in the black list. In the latter case, for example, the information editing unit 132 automatically selects an article to be registered in the black list using a learning model or the like.
 また、情報編集部132は、例えば、サービス管理者により入力部131を介して入力される指令に従って、新着・更新記事情報に含まれる記事の中から優先的にユーザに推薦する記事を選択して、ピックアップリストに登録する。 In addition, the information editing unit 132 selects an article that is preferentially recommended to the user from among the articles included in the newly arrived / updated article information in accordance with, for example, a command input by the service administrator via the input unit 131. And register to the pick-up list.
 情報編集部132は、ブラックリスト及びピックアップリストを管理部181に供給する。管理部181は、ブラックリスト及びピックアップリストを記憶部185に記憶させる。 The information editing unit 132 supplies the black list and the pickup list to the management unit 181. The management unit 181 stores the black list and the pickup list in the storage unit 185.
 ステップS3において、情報統合モジュール116の管理部181は、解析対象記事の登録を行う。具体的には、管理部181は、新着・更新記事情報に含まれる記事のうち、ブラックリストに登録されている記事を除く記事を解析対象記事に登録する。 In step S3, the management unit 181 of the information integration module 116 registers the analysis target article. Specifically, the management unit 181 registers an article excluding an article registered in the black list, among the articles included in the new arrival / update article information, as an analysis target article.
 その後、情報取得処理は終了する。 After that, the information acquisition process ends.
(情報解析処理)
 次に、図5のフローチャートを参照して、サーバ11により実行される情報解析処理について説明する。なお、この処理は、例えば、1日に1回、1時間に1回等、定期的に実行される。或いは、この処理は、例えば、図4を参照して上述した情報取得処理の後に実行される。或いは、この処理は、例えば、サービス管理者からの指令により実行される。
(Information analysis processing)
Next, information analysis processing executed by the server 11 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. Note that this process is periodically executed, for example, once a day or once an hour. Alternatively, this process is executed after the information acquisition process described above with reference to FIG. Alternatively, this process is executed according to a command from a service manager, for example.
 ステップS51において、サーバ11は、解析対象記事の言語解析を行う。具体的には、言語解析モジュール113の言語解析部141は、管理部181を介して、解析対象記事のメタデータを記憶部185から取得する。言語解析部141は、例えば、記憶部142に予め記憶されている単語辞書を用いて、各解析対象記事のタイトル及び本文の形態素解析を行い、各記事のタイトル及び本文から単語を抽出する。 In step S51, the server 11 performs language analysis of the analysis target article. Specifically, the language analysis unit 141 of the language analysis module 113 acquires the metadata of the analysis target article from the storage unit 185 via the management unit 181. The language analysis unit 141 performs a morphological analysis of the title and body of each analysis target article using, for example, a word dictionary stored in advance in the storage unit 142, and extracts words from the title and body of each article.
 なお、以下、単語辞書に登録されている単語の総数をMとし、各単語を単語wi(i=1,2,・・・,M)で表す。また、以下、解析対象記事の総数をNとし、各記事を記事dj(j=1,2,・・・,N)で表す。また、以下、単語wiを個々に区別する必要がない場合、単に単語w又は単語と称し、記事djを個々に区別する必要がない場合、単に記事d又は記事と称する。 Hereinafter, the total number of words registered in the word dictionary is represented by M, and each word is represented by a word w i (i = 1, 2,..., M). Further, hereinafter, the total number of articles to be analyzed is N, and each article is represented by an article d j (j = 1, 2,..., N). In the following, if it is not necessary to distinguish the word w i are simply referred to as word w or word, if it is not necessary to distinguish the articles d j individually, it referred to simply as articles d or articles.
 言語解析部141は、予め保持している単語辞書に登録されている各単語wiについて、tfi,j及びdfiを計算する。ここで、tfi,jは、記事djにおける単語wiの出現頻度(出現回数)である。また、dfiは、単語wiを含む記事dの数を表す。 The language analysis unit 141 calculates tf i, j and df i for each word w i registered in the word dictionary held in advance. Here, tf i, j is the appearance frequency (number of appearances) of the word w i in the article d j . Further, df i represents the number of articles d including the word w i .
 また、言語解析部141は、次式(1)に従って、各記事djにおける各単語wiのtfidfi,jを計算する。 In addition, the language analysis unit 141 calculates tfidf i, j of each word w i in each article d j according to the following equation (1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000001
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000001
 さらに、言語解析部141は、次式(2)に従って、各記事djにおける各単語wiの重みからなる単語ベクトルWjを生成する。 Furthermore, the language analysis unit 141 generates a word vector W j composed of the weight of each word w i in each article d j according to the following equation (2).
j={tfidf1,j,tfidf2,j,・・・,tfidfM,j} ・・・(2) W j = {tfidf 1, j , tfidf 2, j ,..., Tfidf M, j } (2)
 すなわち、単語ベクトルWjは、各単語wiの重みに基づいて各記事djの特徴を表す特徴ベクトルである。 That is, the word vector W j is a feature vector that represents the feature of each article d j based on the weight of each word w i .
 言語解析部141は、解析対象記事の言語解析結果を管理部181に供給し、管理部181は、解析対象記事の言語解析結果を記憶部185に記憶させる。なお、各解析対象記事の言語解析結果は、各解析対象記事のtfi,j及びtfidfi,jの計算結果、並びに、単語ベクトルWjを含む。 The language analysis unit 141 supplies the language analysis result of the analysis target article to the management unit 181, and the management unit 181 stores the language analysis result of the analysis target article in the storage unit 185. Incidentally, the language analysis result of each analyzed article, tf i, j and tfidf i, j of the calculation results for each analyzed articles, as well as containing the word vector W j.
 ステップS52において、サーバ11は、トピック解析を行う。具体的には、管理部181は、解析対象記事の言語解析結果をトピック解析モジュール114のトピック解析部151に供給する。トピック解析部151は、例えば、PLSA(Probabilistic Latent Semantic Analysis;確率的潜在意味解析)やLDA(Latent Dirichlet Allocation;潜在的ディリクレ配分法)等の確率的トピックモデルを用いて、解析対象記事のトピック解析を行う。 In step S52, the server 11 performs topic analysis. Specifically, the management unit 181 supplies the language analysis result of the analysis target article to the topic analysis unit 151 of the topic analysis module 114. The topic analysis unit 151 uses, for example, a topic analysis of an article to be analyzed using a probabilistic topic model such as PLSA (ProbabilisticlysisLatent や Semantic Analysis) or LDA (Latent Dirichlet Allocation). I do.
 例えば、トピック解析部151は、解析対象記事の言語解析結果であるtfi,j及びtfidfi,j、並びに、分類したいトピック(クラスタ)の数Kを入力とし、次式(3)で表されるPLSAを用いて、各記事djの各トピックzk(k=1,2,・・・,K)への帰属確率p(zk|dj)、及び、各トピックzkにおける各単語wiの生起確率p(wi|zk)を計算する。 For example, the topic analysis unit 151 receives tf i, j and tfidf i, j which are language analysis results of the analysis target article , and the number K of topics (clusters) to be classified, and is expressed by the following equation (3). Using the PLSA, the probability of belonging p (z k | d j ) to each topic z k (k = 1, 2,..., K) of each article d j and each word in each topic z k to calculate the | (z k w i) w i of the occurrence probability p.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000002
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000002
 なお、p(wi|dj)は、記事djにおける単語wiの生起確率である。 Note that p (w i | d j ) is an occurrence probability of the word w i in the article d j .
 さらに、トピック解析部151は、次式(4)に従って、各記事djの各トピックzkへのトピック帰属確率p(zk|dj)からなるトピックベクトルTjを生成する。 Further, the topic analysis unit 151 generates a topic vector T j composed of the topic attribution probability p (z k | d j ) of each article d j to each topic z k according to the following equation (4).
j={p(z1|dj),p(z2|dj),・・・,p(zK|dj)} ・・・(4) T j = {p (z 1 | d j ), p (z 2 | d j ),..., P (z K | d j )} (4)
 すなわち、トピックベクトルTjは、各トピックzkに帰属する確率に基づいて各記事djの特徴を表す特徴ベクトルである。 That is, the topic vector T j is a feature vector that represents the feature of each article d j based on the probability belonging to each topic z k .
 トピック解析部151は、解析対象記事のトピック解析結果を管理部181に供給し、管理部181は、解析対象記事のトピック解析結果を記憶部185に記憶させる。なお、各解析対象記事のトピック解析結果は、各解析対象記事の単語ベクトルWjを含む。 The topic analysis unit 151 supplies the topic analysis result of the analysis target article to the management unit 181, and the management unit 181 stores the topic analysis result of the analysis target article in the storage unit 185. The topic analysis result of each analysis target article includes the word vector W j of each analysis target article.
 なお、分類するトピックの数Kを増やすことにより、例えば、同じジャンルのトピックをさらに詳細に分類することができる。例えば、経済系のトピックを、株価系のトピック、専門的なトピック、入門的なトピック等に細かく分類することができる。 Note that by increasing the number K of topics to be classified, for example, topics of the same genre can be classified in more detail. For example, economic topics can be classified into stock topics, specialized topics, introductory topics, and the like.
 なお、PLSAの詳細については、"Thomas Hofmann, "Probabilistic latent semantic indexing", 1999, Proceedings of the 22nd annual international ACM SIGIR conference on Research and development in information retrieval"等に記載されている。また、LDAの詳細については、"David M. Blei, Andrew Y. Ng, Michael I. Jordan, "Latent Dirichlet Allocation", 2003, Journal of Machine Learning Research, Volume 3"等に記載されている。 The details of PLSA are described in "Thomas Hofmann," "Probabilistic" latent "semantic" indexing "," 1999, "Proceedings" of "the" 22 "annual" international "ACM" SIGIR "conference" on "Research" and "development" in "information" retrieval ". The details of LDA are described in "David M. Blei, Andrew Y Y N N, Michael I, Jordan," Latent Dirichlet Allocation ", 2003, Journal Of Learning, Volume 3, and so on.
 また、以下、トピックzkを個々に区別する必要がない場合、単にトピックz又はトピックと称する。さらに、以下、単語ベクトルWj及びトピックベクトルTjを個々に区別する必要がない場合、それぞれ単に単語ベクトルW及びトピックベクトルTと称する。また、以下、トピック帰属確率p(zk|dj)を個々に区別する必要がない場合、単にトピック帰属確率p(z|d)と称する。 In addition, hereinafter, when it is not necessary to distinguish the topics z k individually, they are simply referred to as topics z or topics. Further, hereinafter, when it is not necessary to individually distinguish the word vector W j and the topic vector T j , they are simply referred to as a word vector W and a topic vector T, respectively. Hereinafter, when it is not necessary to individually distinguish the topic attribution probability p (z k | d j ), it is simply referred to as topic attribution probability p (z | d).
 ステップS53において、情報統合モジュール116の管理部181は、閲覧対象情報の登録を行う。具体的には、管理部181は、各解析対象記事を、各記事のメタデータ、単語ベクトルWj、トピックベクトルTj、及び、帰属確率最大トピックとともに、閲覧対象情報に登録する。 In step S53, the management unit 181 of the information integration module 116 registers the browsing target information. Specifically, the management unit 181 registers each analysis target article in the browsing target information together with the metadata of each article, the word vector W j , the topic vector T j , and the topic with the highest attribution probability.
 ここで、帰属確率最大トピックとは、記事djのトピック帰属確率p(zk|dj)が最大となるトピックのことである。例えば、トピックの分類数(以下、総トピック数と称する)Kが10であり、記事d1のトピックベクトルT1の値が{0.2,0.4,0.8,0.1,0.3,0.5,0.1,0.1,0.3,0.6}である場合、記事d1の帰属確率最大トピックは、トピックz3となる。すなわち、記事d1は、トピックz3に属する確率が最も高く、トピックz3に関する内容を最も多く含んでいると予測される。 Here, the topic with the maximum attribution probability is a topic having the maximum topic attribution probability p (z k | d j ) of the article d j . For example, the number of topic classifications (hereinafter referred to as the total number of topics) K is 10, and the value of the topic vector T 1 of the article d 1 is {0.2, 0.4, 0.8, 0.1, 0. .3, 0.5, 0.1, 0.1, 0.3, 0.6}, the topic with the highest attribution probability of the article d 1 is the topic z 3 . That is, articles d 1 is the highest probability that belong to the topic z 3, is predicted to contain the largest number of contents related to the topic z 3.
 なお、以下、閲覧対象情報に登録された記事を閲覧対象記事と称する。 In the following, an article registered in the browsing target information is referred to as a browsing target article.
 その後、情報解析処理は終了する。 After that, the information analysis process ends.
(情報提示処理)
 次に、図6のフローチャートを参照して、情報処理システム1により実行される情報提示処理について説明する。なお、この処理は、例えば、ユーザがクライアント12の情報提示モジュール201の入力部211を用いて、サーバ11が提供する検索・推薦サービスを利用するための操作(例えば、検索・推薦サービスAPPの起動操作等)を行ったとき開始される。
(Information presentation process)
Next, information presentation processing executed by the information processing system 1 will be described with reference to the flowchart of FIG. In this process, for example, the user uses the input unit 211 of the information presentation module 201 of the client 12 to operate the search / recommendation service provided by the server 11 (for example, start of the search / recommendation service APP). It starts when an operation is performed.
 なお、以下、説明を分かりやすくするために、1人のユーザに注目し、そのユーザ(以下、注目ユーザと称する)に対する処理の説明を行う。ただし、実際には、以下に説明する処理が、複数のユーザに対して並行に実行される。 In the following, in order to make the explanation easy to understand, attention is given to one user, and the processing for that user (hereinafter referred to as the noted user) will be described. However, in practice, the processes described below are executed in parallel for a plurality of users.
 ステップS101において、クライアント12の情報提示モジュール201の制御部212は、ユーザの操作を待つか否かを判定する。ユーザの操作を待つと判定された場合、処理はステップS102に進む。 In step S101, the control unit 212 of the information presentation module 201 of the client 12 determines whether to wait for a user operation. If it is determined to wait for a user operation, the process proceeds to step S102.
 ステップS102において、情報処理システム1は、ユーザ操作情報を取得する。具体的には、注目ユーザがクライアント12の情報提示モジュール201の入力部211を用いて検索・推薦サービスに対する所定の操作を行った場合、入力部211は、その操作内容を示す情報を制御部212に供給する。 In step S102, the information processing system 1 acquires user operation information. Specifically, when the user of interest performs a predetermined operation on the search / recommendation service using the input unit 211 of the information presentation module 201 of the client 12, the input unit 211 displays information indicating the operation content in the control unit 212. To supply.
 この検索・推薦サービスに対する所定の操作には、例えば、検索・推薦サービスによる記事の提示を開始又は更新する操作や、検索・推薦サービスを終了させる操作が想定される。また、例えば、検索クエリの入力、記事を検索する期間(日時)の設定、記事に用いられている言語の設定、記事を配信するRSSサイトの選択等の記事の検索条件を設定する操作が想定される。なお、提示された記事に対する反応を示す操作については、後述するステップS112において行われる。 As the predetermined operation for the search / recommendation service, for example, an operation for starting or updating the presentation of an article by the search / recommendation service or an operation for ending the search / recommendation service is assumed. In addition, for example, an operation for setting an article search condition such as input of a search query, setting of a period (date and time) for searching an article, setting of a language used in the article, selection of an RSS site for distributing an article is assumed. Is done. The operation indicating the reaction to the presented article is performed in step S112 described later.
 制御部212は、注目ユーザの操作内容を示すユーザ操作情報を生成する。制御部212は、生成したユーザ操作情報を、管理部241、通信部242及びネットワーク13を介してサーバ11に送信する。サーバ11の情報統合モジュール116のユーザ情報取得部183は、クライアント12から送信されたユーザ操作情報を通信部184を介して受信し、管理部181に供給する。管理部181は、取得したユーザ操作情報を、必要に応じて各モジュールに供給する。 The control unit 212 generates user operation information indicating the operation content of the user of interest. The control unit 212 transmits the generated user operation information to the server 11 via the management unit 241, the communication unit 242, and the network 13. The user information acquisition unit 183 of the information integration module 116 of the server 11 receives the user operation information transmitted from the client 12 via the communication unit 184 and supplies it to the management unit 181. The management unit 181 supplies the acquired user operation information to each module as necessary.
 その後、処理はステップS103に進む。 Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S103.
 一方、ステップS101において、ユーザの操作を待たないと判定された場合、ステップS102の処理はスキップされ、処理はステップS103に進む。これは、例えば、ユーザ操作なしに検索・推薦サービスによる記事の提示の開始又は更新を行う場合等である。 On the other hand, if it is determined in step S101 not to wait for the user's operation, the process of step S102 is skipped, and the process proceeds to step S103. This is the case, for example, when starting or updating the presentation of an article by the search / recommendation service without user operation.
 ステップS103において、クライアント12のコンテクスト検出モジュール203のコンテクスト解析部233は、ユーザのコンテクストを検出するか否かを判定する。ユーザのコンテクストを検出すると判定された場合、処理はステップS104に進む。 In step S103, the context analysis unit 233 of the context detection module 203 of the client 12 determines whether to detect the user's context. If it is determined that the user context is detected, the process proceeds to step S104.
 ステップS104において、コンテクスト検出モジュール203は、ユーザのコンテクストを検出する。具体的には、コンテクスト検出モジュール203の検出部232は、注目ユーザのコンテクストに関するデータを検出する。また、検出部232は、必要に応じて、外部の機器やセンサ等、又は、クライアント12で実行中の検索・推薦サービスAPP以外のサービスやアプリケーションプログラムから、注目ユーザのコンテクストに関するデータを取得する。検出部232は、検出及び取得したデータをコンテクスト解析部233に供給する。 In step S104, the context detection module 203 detects the user's context. Specifically, the detection unit 232 of the context detection module 203 detects data related to the context of the user of interest. In addition, the detection unit 232 acquires data regarding the context of the user of interest from an external device, a sensor, or the like, or a service or application program other than the search / recommendation service APP being executed by the client 12 as necessary. The detection unit 232 supplies the detected and acquired data to the context analysis unit 233.
 次に、コンテクスト解析部233は、取得したデータに基づいて、現在の注目ユーザのコンテクストを解析する。そして、コンテクスト解析部233は、必要に応じて現在の注目ユーザのコンテクストを所定の分類方法に従って分類する。 Next, the context analysis unit 233 analyzes the current user's context based on the acquired data. Then, the context analysis unit 233 classifies the current user's context according to a predetermined classification method as necessary.
 なお、以下、注目ユーザのコンテクストが以下のように分類される場合について説明する。例えば、注目ユーザが使用しているクライアント12の種類が、ウェアラブルデバイス、スマートフォン、タブレット、又は、パーソナルコンピュータに分類される。現在の曜日が平日又は休日に分類される。現在の時間帯が、朝、昼又は夜に分類される。注目ユーザのいる場所が、自宅、会社、乗り物(例えば、電車等)の中、又は、外出先に分類される。現在の注目ユーザの行動が、立っている、座っている、又は、歩いているに分類される。 Note that the case where the context of the user of interest is classified as follows will be described below. For example, the type of the client 12 used by the user of interest is classified into a wearable device, a smartphone, a tablet, or a personal computer. The current day of the week is classified as a weekday or holiday. The current time zone is classified as morning, noon or night. The place where the user of interest is located is classified into a home, a company, a vehicle (for example, a train, etc.), or a place to go. The current attention user behavior is classified as standing, sitting, or walking.
 また、注目ユーザが一緒にいる人が、1人もいない場合、妻である場合、子供である場合、又は、妻及び子供である場合に分類される。なお、コンテクスト解析部233は、例えば、注目ユーザの周囲を撮影した画像に基づいて、注目ユーザが1人でいるのか、或いは、他の人と一緒にいるのかを検出する。また、コンテクスト解析部233は、注目ユーザが他の人と一緒にいる場合、例えば、顔認識等の技術を用いて、一緒にいる人を特定する。或いは、コンテクスト解析部233は、例えば、SNS等のアプリケーションプログラムからの情報に基づいて、注目ユーザと一緒にいる人を検出する。 Also, when there is no person with the attention user together, the user is a wife, a child, or a wife and a child. Note that the context analysis unit 233 detects, for example, whether the target user is one person or another person based on an image obtained by photographing the periphery of the target user. Moreover, the context analysis part 233 specifies the person who is together, for example using techniques, such as face recognition, when an attention user is with another person. Alternatively, the context analysis unit 233 detects a person who is with the user of interest based on information from an application program such as SNS, for example.
 さらに、コンテクスト解析部233は、注目ユーザの周囲の状況(例えば、混雑具合、騒音のレベル等)の解析を行う。 Furthermore, the context analysis unit 233 analyzes the situation around the user of interest (for example, congestion, noise level, etc.).
 なお、コンテクストの解析方法及び分類方法には、任意の方法を採用することが可能である。また、コンテクストの分類方法は、必ずしも固定する必要はなく、例えば、ユーザ毎に変更したり、状況に応じて変更したりすることが可能である。 It should be noted that any method can be adopted as the context analysis method and classification method. The context classification method is not necessarily fixed, and can be changed for each user or changed according to the situation.
 コンテクスト解析部233は、注目ユーザの現在のコンテクストを示すユーザコンテクスト情報を生成し、管理部241、通信部242及びネットワーク13を介して、サーバ11に送信する。サーバ11の情報統合モジュール116のユーザ情報取得部183は、クライアント12から送信されたユーザコンテクスト情報を通信部184を介して受信し、管理部181に供給する。管理部181は、取得したユーザコンテクスト情報を、必要に応じて各モジュールに供給したり、記憶部185に記憶させたりする。 The context analysis unit 233 generates user context information indicating the current context of the user of interest, and transmits the user context information to the server 11 via the management unit 241, the communication unit 242, and the network 13. The user information acquisition unit 183 of the information integration module 116 of the server 11 receives the user context information transmitted from the client 12 via the communication unit 184 and supplies it to the management unit 181. The management unit 181 supplies the acquired user context information to each module as necessary, or causes the storage unit 185 to store the acquired user context information.
 その後、処理はステップS105に進む。 Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S105.
 一方、ステップS103において、ユーザのコンテクストを検出しないと判定された場合、ステップS104の処理はスキップされ、処理はステップS105に進む。 On the other hand, if it is determined in step S103 that the user's context is not detected, the process of step S104 is skipped, and the process proceeds to step S105.
 ステップS105において、サーバ11の情報個人化モジュール115の検索部171は、ユーザに提示する情報を検索するか否かを判定する。ユーザに提示する情報を検索すると判定された場合、処理はステップS106に進む。 In step S105, the search unit 171 of the information personalization module 115 of the server 11 determines whether to search for information to be presented to the user. If it is determined to search for information to be presented to the user, the process proceeds to step S106.
 ステップS106において、検索部171は、ユーザに提示する情報の検索を行う。具体的には、検索部171は、管理部181を介して、閲覧対象情報を記憶部185から取得する。そして、検索部171は、例えば、注目ユーザにより指定された検索条件と合致する記事を、閲覧対象記事の中から検索する。検索部171は、検索結果を示す情報を管理部181に供給し、管理部181は、検索結果を示す情報を記憶部185に記憶させる。 In step S106, the search unit 171 searches for information to be presented to the user. Specifically, the search unit 171 acquires browsing target information from the storage unit 185 via the management unit 181. Then, for example, the search unit 171 searches for articles that match the search condition specified by the user of interest from among the browsing target articles. The search unit 171 supplies information indicating the search result to the management unit 181, and the management unit 181 stores the information indicating the search result in the storage unit 185.
 なお、以下、ステップS106の処理で検索された記事を検索記事と称する。 Hereinafter, the article searched in the process of step S106 is referred to as a search article.
 その後、処理はステップS107に進む。 Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S107.
 一方、ステップS105において、ユーザに提示する情報を検索しないと判定された場合、ステップS106の処理はスキップされ、処理はステップS107に進む。 On the other hand, if it is determined in step S105 that information to be presented to the user is not searched, the process of step S106 is skipped, and the process proceeds to step S107.
 ステップS107において、サーバ11の情報個人化モジュール115の推薦部172は、ユーザに情報を推薦するか否かを判定する。ユーザに情報を推薦すると判定された場合、処理はステップS108に進む。 In step S107, the recommendation unit 172 of the information personalization module 115 of the server 11 determines whether or not to recommend information to the user. If it is determined to recommend information to the user, the process proceeds to step S108.
 ステップS108において、推薦部172は、ユーザに推薦する情報を選択する。具体的には、推薦部172は、管理部181を介して、閲覧対象情報、並びに、注目ユーザの単語嗜好ベクトル(以下、WPVと称する)及びトピック嗜好ベクトル(以下、TPVと称する)を記憶部185から取得する。 In step S108, the recommendation unit 172 selects information to be recommended to the user. Specifically, the recommendation unit 172 stores the browsing target information, the word preference vector (hereinafter referred to as WPV) and the topic preference vector (hereinafter referred to as TPV) of the target user via the management unit 181. From 185.
 ここで、WPVとは、注目ユーザの単語に対する嗜好を示すベクトルであり、TPVとは、注目ユーザのトピックに対する嗜好を示すベクトルである。WPV及びTPVは、後述するステップS114において、注目ユーザのコンテクストを分類する単位毎に生成される。 Here, WPV is a vector indicating the user's preference for the word, and TPV is a vector indicating the user's preference for the topic. WPV and TPV are generated for each unit for classifying the context of the user of interest in step S114 described later.
 例えば、注目ユーザの平日のWPV及びTPV、並びに、休日のWPV及びTPVが生成される。また、注目ユーザの朝のWPV及びTPV、昼のWPV及びTPV、並びに、夜のWPV及びTPVが生成される。さらに、注目ユーザの自宅におけるWPV及びTPV、会社におけるWPV及びTPV、乗り物内におけるWPV及びTPV、並びに、外出先におけるWPV及びTPVが生成される。また、注目ユーザが立っている場合のWPV及びTPV、座っている場合のWPV及びTPV、並びに、歩いている場合のWPV及びTPVが生成される。さらに、注目ユーザと一緒にいる人が、1人もいない場合のWPV及びTPV、妻である場合のWPV及びTPV、子供である場合のWPV及びTPV、並びに、妻及び子供である場合のWPV及びTPVが生成される。 For example, weekday WPV and TPV of the user of interest and holiday WPV and TPV are generated. Also, the morning WPV and TPV, the daytime WPV and TPV, and the night time WPV and TPV of the user of interest are generated. Further, WPV and TPV at the home of the user of interest, WPV and TPV at the company, WPV and TPV in the vehicle, and WPV and TPV at the outside are generated. Also, WPV and TPV when the user of interest stands, WPV and TPV when sitting, and WPV and TPV when walking are generated. Furthermore, WPV and TPV when there is no person who is the target user, WPV and TPV when the wife is, WPV and TPV when the child is, and WPV when the wife and the child are A TPV is generated.
 推薦部172は、これらのコンテクストの分類単位毎のWPV及びTPVのうち注目ユーザの現在のコンテクストに対応するWPV及びTPVを用いて、注目ユーザの現在のコンテクストに応じたWPV(以下、統合WPVと称する)及びTPV(以下、統合TPVと称する)を生成する。例えば、注目ユーザが平日の朝に電車内で立っている場合、推薦部172は、注目ユーザの平日のWPV、朝のWPV、乗り物内におけるWPV、及び、立っている場合のWPVを加算することにより、統合WPVを生成する。同様に、推薦部172は、注目ユーザの平日のTPV、朝のTPV、乗り物内におけるTPV、及び、立っている場合のTPVを加算することにより、統合TPVを生成する。 The recommendation unit 172 uses the WPV and TPV corresponding to the current context of the target user among the WPV and TPV for each classification unit of these contexts, and uses the WPV corresponding to the current context of the target user (hereinafter referred to as an integrated WPV). And TPV (hereinafter referred to as integrated TPV). For example, when the attention user stands on the train on a weekday morning, the recommendation unit 172 adds the WPV of the attention user on the weekday, the morning WPV, the WPV in the vehicle, and the WPV when standing. Thus, an integrated WPV is generated. Similarly, the recommendation unit 172 generates an integrated TPV by adding the weekly TPV of the user of interest, the morning TPV, the TPV in the vehicle, and the TPV when standing.
 また、例えば、注目ユーザが自宅で子供といる場合、推薦部172は、注目ユーザの自宅におけるWPV、及び、一緒にいる人が子供である場合のWPVを加算することにより、統合WPVを生成する。同様に、推薦部172は、注目ユーザの自宅におけるTPV、及び、一緒にいる人が子供である場合のTPVを加算することにより、統合TPVを生成する。 Further, for example, when the focused user is a child at home, the recommendation unit 172 generates an integrated WPV by adding the WPV at the focused user's home and the WPV when the person being together is a child. . Similarly, the recommendation unit 172 generates an integrated TPV by adding the TPV at the home of the focused user and the TPV when the person who is together is a child.
 そして、推薦部172は、例えば、注目ユーザの統合WPVと各閲覧対象記事の単語ベクトルとの間の類似度、及び、注目ユーザの統合TPVと各閲覧対象記事のトピックベクトルとの間の類似度の少なくとも一方に基づいて、各閲覧対象記事に対する推薦スコアを算出する。 Then, the recommendation unit 172, for example, the similarity between the integrated WPV of the target user and the word vector of each browsing target article, and the similarity between the integrated TPV of the target user and the topic vector of each browsing target article, for example. Based on at least one of the above, a recommendation score for each reading target article is calculated.
 なお、ベクトル間の類似度は、例えばコサイン距離等により算出され、推薦スコアは、ベクトル間の類似度が高くなるほど大きくなる。そして、推薦部172は、推薦スコアが上位の所定の件数の記事を、注目ユーザの嗜好に基づいて推薦する記事(以下、嗜好推薦記事と称する)として選択する。 Note that the similarity between vectors is calculated by, for example, a cosine distance, and the recommendation score increases as the similarity between vectors increases. Then, the recommendation unit 172 selects a predetermined number of articles having a higher recommendation score as articles to be recommended based on the user's preference (hereinafter referred to as preference recommendation articles).
 これにより、注目ユーザの嗜好に加えて、注目ユーザの現在のコンテクストに応じた記事が、嗜好推薦記事に選択される。換言すれば、現在のコンテクストにおいて注目ユーザの嗜好度の高い記事が、嗜好推薦記事に選択される。 Thereby, in addition to the user's preference, an article corresponding to the current context of the user is selected as the preference recommendation article. In other words, an article having a high preference level of the attention user in the current context is selected as a preference recommendation article.
 また、推薦部172は、情報探索度(広さ)の観点に基づいて、嗜好推薦記事の中からユーザに推薦する記事(以下、広さ推薦記事と称する)を選択する。ここで、情報探索度(広さ)は、注目ユーザがポジティブな反応を示した記事が属するトピックの範囲の広さ、換言すれば、注目ユーザがポジティブな反応を示した記事の種類の広さに基づく情報探索度である。 Also, the recommendation unit 172 selects an article recommended to the user from the preference recommendation articles (hereinafter referred to as an area recommendation article) based on the viewpoint of the information search degree (area). Here, the degree of information search (broadness) is the breadth of the topic range to which the article to which the target user has shown a positive reaction belongs, in other words, the breadth of the types of articles to which the target user has shown a positive response. Information search degree based on
 例えば、推薦部172は、嗜好推薦記事のうち、注目ユーザのトピック頻度が所定の閾値未満(例えば、トピック頻度が0)のトピックと帰属確率最大トピックが一致する記事を広さ推薦記事に選択する。なお、トピック頻度は、上述したように、注目ユーザがポジティブな反応を示した記事が属するトピックの分布を示すものであり、後述するステップS114において計算される。これにより、例えば、注目ユーザがこれまでほとんどポジティブな反応を示していない記事が属するトピック(例えば、ユーザがあまりアクセスしていない記事が属するトピック)に属し、かつ、注目ユーザの嗜好に合う記事が、広さ推薦記事に選択される。 For example, the recommendation unit 172 selects, from among the recommended recommended articles, an article whose topic probability of the attention user is less than a predetermined threshold (for example, the topic frequency is 0) and an article having a maximum attribution probability as the recommended article. . Note that, as described above, the topic frequency indicates the distribution of topics to which articles to which the user of interest has shown a positive reaction belongs, and is calculated in step S114 described later. As a result, for example, an article that belongs to a topic to which an article to which the attention user has not shown a positive reaction so far belongs (for example, a topic to which an article that the user has not accessed much) belongs, and that matches the preference of the attention user. Selected for breadth-recommended articles.
 さらに、推薦部172は、情報探索度(深さ)の観点に基づいて、嗜好推薦記事の中からユーザに推薦する記事(以下、深さ推薦記事と称する)を選択する。ここで、情報探索度(深さ)は、注目ユーザがポジティブな反応を示した記事のトピック毎の分布に基づく情報探索度である。 Further, the recommendation unit 172 selects an article recommended to the user from the preference recommendation articles (hereinafter referred to as a depth recommendation article) based on the information search degree (depth). Here, the information search degree (depth) is an information search degree based on a distribution for each topic of articles in which the target user has shown a positive reaction.
 例えば、推薦部172は、嗜好推薦記事のうち、直前に注目ユーザがポジティブな反応を示した記事と帰属確率最大トピックが一致する記事を深さ推薦記事に選択する。これにより、例えば、注目ユーザが直前にポジティブな反応を示した記事と同じトピックに属し、かつ、注目ユーザの嗜好に合う記事が、深さ推薦記事に選択される。 For example, the recommendation unit 172 selects, as a depth recommendation article, an article in which the attention user has shown a positive reaction immediately before the article with the highest attribution probability among the preference recommendation articles. As a result, for example, an article that belongs to the same topic as the article for which the focused user has shown a positive reaction immediately before and that matches the preference of the focused user is selected as the depth recommended article.
 なお、推薦部172は、直前に注目ユーザがポジティブな反応を示した所定のq個の記事に基づいて、深さ推薦記事を選択するようにしてもよい。例えば、推薦部172は、嗜好推薦記事のうち、q個の記事のトピックベクトルを加算した後のベクトルにおいてトピック帰属確率p(z|d)が最大となるトピックと帰属確率最大トピックが一致する記事を、深さ推薦記事に選択するようにしてもよい。 Note that the recommendation unit 172 may select a depth recommended article based on predetermined q articles that the user of interest has shown a positive response immediately before. For example, the recommendation unit 172 includes articles in which the topic having the largest topic attribution probability p (z | d) matches the topic having the largest attribution probability in the vector after adding the topic vectors of q articles among the preference recommendation articles. May be selected as a depth recommended article.
 また、推薦部172は、例えば、嗜好推薦記事のうち、注目ユーザのトピック頻度が所定の閾値以上のトピックと帰属確率最大トピックが一致する記事を深さ推薦記事に選択することも可能である。さらに、推薦部172は、例えば、嗜好推薦記事のうち、注目ユーザのトピック頻度が最大となるトピックと帰属確率最大トピックが一致する記事を深さ推薦記事に選択することも可能である。 In addition, for example, the recommendation unit 172 can select, as a recommended depth article, an article in which a topic having a topic frequency of a user of interest equal to or higher than a predetermined threshold and a topic with the highest attribution probability match among preference recommendation articles. Further, for example, the recommendation unit 172 can select, as a depth recommended article, an article having a topic with the highest topic frequency of the attention user and a topic with the highest attribution probability among the recommended recommendation articles.
 さらに、推薦部172は、情報探索度(新しさ)の観点に基づいて、嗜好推薦記事の中から注目ユーザに推薦する記事(以下、新しさ推薦記事と称する)を選択する。ここで、情報探索度(新しさ)は、注目ユーザがポジティブな反応を示した記事の新しさを基準とする分布に基づく情報探索度である。 Further, the recommendation unit 172 selects an article recommended to the attention user (hereinafter referred to as a novelty recommended article) from the preference recommended articles based on the viewpoint of information search (newness). Here, the information search degree (newness) is an information search degree based on a distribution based on the novelty of articles in which the target user has shown a positive reaction.
 例えば、推薦部172は、嗜好推薦記事のうち新着記事を新しさ推薦記事に選択する。新着記事とは、例えば、直前の所定の期間内(例えば、直前の6時間以内)に追加又は更新された記事のことである。これにより、例えば、注目ユーザの嗜好に合う新着記事が、新しさ推薦記事に選択される。 For example, the recommendation unit 172 selects a newly-arrived article as a recommended article for freshness among the recommended articles for preference. The newly arrived article is, for example, an article added or updated within a predetermined period immediately before (for example, within the immediately preceding 6 hours). Thereby, for example, a new article that matches the preference of the user of interest is selected as a recommended article for newness.
 また、推薦部172は、情報探索度(人気)の観点に基づいて、嗜好推薦記事の中からユーザに推薦する記事(以下、人気推薦記事と称する)を選択する。ここで、情報探索度(人気)は、注目ユーザがポジティブな反応を示した記事の人気度を基準とする分布に基づく情報探索度である。 Also, the recommendation unit 172 selects an article recommended to the user (hereinafter referred to as a popular recommended article) from among the recommended recommended articles based on the viewpoint of information search (popularity). Here, the information search degree (popularity) is an information search degree based on a distribution based on the popularity degree of articles in which the user of interest has shown a positive reaction.
 例えば、推薦部172は、嗜好推薦記事のうち人気記事を人気推薦記事に選択する。人気記事とは、例えば、人気度スコアが所定の閾値以上の記事のことである。人気度スコアは、例えば、記事のアクセス数や、その記事に良い評価を与えたユーザ数等に基づいて計算される。例えば、ある記事Aに対する全ユーザのアクセス回数をp回、全ての記事に対する全ユーザのアクセス回数をP回とした場合、記事Aの人気度スコアは、p/P×100により計算される。これにより、例えば、ユーザの嗜好に合う人気記事が、人気推薦記事に選択される。 For example, the recommendation unit 172 selects a popular article as a recommended article from among the recommended articles. A popular article is, for example, an article whose popularity score is a predetermined threshold value or more. The popularity score is calculated based on, for example, the number of accesses to an article and the number of users who gave a good evaluation to the article. For example, when the number of accesses of all users to a certain article A is p times and the number of accesses of all users to all articles is P times, the popularity score of the article A is calculated by p / P × 100. Thereby, for example, a popular article that matches the user's preference is selected as a popular recommended article.
 推薦部172は、嗜好推薦記事、広さ推薦記事、深さ推薦記事、新しさ推薦記事、及び、人気推薦記事の選択結果を示す情報を管理部181に供給し、管理部181は、選択結果を示す情報を記憶部185に記憶させる。 The recommendation unit 172 supplies information indicating the selection result of the preference recommendation article, the width recommendation article, the depth recommendation article, the novelty recommendation article, and the popularity recommendation article to the management unit 181, and the management unit 181 selects the selection result. Is stored in the storage unit 185.
 なお、以下、ステップS108の処理でユーザに推薦する記事として選択された記事を推薦記事と総称する。すなわち、推薦記事は、嗜好推薦記事、広さ推薦記事、深さ推薦記事、新しさ推薦記事、及び、人気推薦記事を含む。 Hereinafter, articles selected as articles recommended to the user in the process of step S108 are collectively referred to as recommended articles. That is, the recommended articles include a preference recommended article, a breadth recommended article, a depth recommended article, a newness recommended article, and a popular recommended article.
 その後、処理はステップS109に進む。 Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S109.
 一方、ステップS107において、ユーザに情報を推薦しないと判定された場合、ステップS108の処理はスキップされ、処理はステップS109に進む。 On the other hand, if it is determined in step S107 that information is not recommended to the user, the process of step S108 is skipped, and the process proceeds to step S109.
 ステップS109において、サーバ11の情報統合モジュール116の提示制御部182は、ユーザに情報を提示するか否かを判定する。ユーザに情報を提示すると判定された場合、処理はステップS110に進む。 In step S109, the presentation control unit 182 of the information integration module 116 of the server 11 determines whether to present information to the user. If it is determined to present information to the user, the process proceeds to step S110.
 ステップS110において、情報処理システム1は、ユーザに情報を提示する。具体的には、サーバ11の情報統合モジュール116の管理部181は、注目ユーザに対する検索記事及び推薦記事の選択結果を示す情報、並びに、検索記事及び推薦記事のメタデータを記憶部185から取得する。また、管理部181は、注目ユーザのコンテクスト情報、注目ユーザの情報探索度及び総合探索度の計算結果を示す情報、並びに、注目ユーザの提示方法頻度の集計結果を示す情報を記憶部185から取得する。管理部181は、取得した情報及びデータを提示制御部182に供給する。 In step S110, the information processing system 1 presents information to the user. Specifically, the management unit 181 of the information integration module 116 of the server 11 acquires information indicating the selection result of the search article and the recommended article for the user of interest, and the metadata of the search article and the recommended article from the storage unit 185. . In addition, the management unit 181 obtains, from the storage unit 185, context information of the user of interest, information indicating the calculation result of the information search degree and the comprehensive search degree of the user of interest, and information indicating the total result of the presentation method frequency of the user of interest. To do. The management unit 181 supplies the acquired information and data to the presentation control unit 182.
 提示制御部182は、注目ユーザの現在のコンテクスト及び提示方法頻度に基づいて、予め設定されている複数の提示方法の中から、注目ユーザへの記事の提示方法を選択する。 The presentation control unit 182 selects an article presentation method for the target user from a plurality of preset presentation methods based on the current context and the presentation method frequency of the target user.
 例えば、記事の提示方法は、記事の伝達手段(例えば、テキスト、音声、静止画、動画等)の組み合わせにより分類される。なお、以下、記事の提示方法が、音声のみを用いた提示方法、テキストのみを用いた提示方法、静止画を用いた提示方法、及び、動画を用いた提示方法の4種類に分類される場合について説明する。なお、静止画を用いた提示方法には、静止画のみを用いた提示方法だけでなく、静止画の他にテキストを用いた提示方法も含まれる。動画を用いた提示方法には、動画のみを用いた提示方法だけでなく、動画の他にテキスト又は静止画のうち少なくとも一方を用いた提示方法も含まれる。 For example, article presentation methods are classified according to the combination of article transmission means (for example, text, audio, still image, video, etc.). In the following, article presentation methods are classified into four types: presentation methods that use only audio, presentation methods that use only text, presentation methods that use still images, and presentation methods that use moving images. Will be described. Note that the presentation method using still images includes not only a presentation method using only still images but also a presentation method using text in addition to still images. The presentation method using moving images includes not only a presentation method using only moving images, but also a presentation method using at least one of text or still images in addition to moving images.
 なお、記事の提示方法を分類する基準は、伝達手段に限定されるものではなく、任意の基準を採用することが可能である。例えば、提示制御部182は、記事の提示に用いる伝達手段の比率、記事の提示時間、記事を表示するレイアウト、表示サイズ、特殊効果等に基づいて、記事の提示方法を分類することが可能である。また、提示制御部182は、複数の基準の組み合わせに基づいて、記事の提示方法を分類することが可能である。 Note that the criteria for classifying the article presentation method is not limited to the transmission means, and any criteria can be adopted. For example, the presentation control unit 182 can classify the article presentation method based on the ratio of transmission means used for article presentation, article presentation time, article display layout, display size, special effects, and the like. is there. The presentation control unit 182 can classify the article presentation method based on a combination of a plurality of criteria.
 また、後述するように、注目ユーザの提示方法頻度は、注目ユーザのコンテクストを分類する単位毎に集計されている。例えば、注目ユーザが使用するクライアント12の種類毎に提示方法頻度が集計されている。例えば、注目ユーザが使用しているクライアント12がウェアラブルデバイスである場合、スマートフォンである場合、タブレットである場合、及び、パーソナルコンピュータである場合のそれぞれにおいて、注目ユーザがポジティブな反応を示した提示方法の割合が集計されている。 Also, as will be described later, the method of presenting the noticed user is tabulated for each unit for classifying the noticed user's context. For example, the presentation method frequency is tabulated for each type of client 12 used by the user of interest. For example, when the client 12 used by the user of interest is a wearable device, a smartphone, a tablet, and a personal computer, the presentation method in which the user of attention has shown a positive reaction The percentages are aggregated.
 なお、提示方法頻度の集計を行うコンテクストには、任意の種類のものを用いることができる。また、複数の種類のコンテクストの組み合わせ毎に提示方法頻度の集計を行うことも可能である。例えば、クライアント12の種類、曜日、時間帯、場所、及び、注目ユーザの行動の組み合わせ毎に提示方法頻度を集計することができる。 It should be noted that any kind of context can be used as the context for tabulating the presentation method frequency. It is also possible to aggregate the presentation method frequency for each combination of a plurality of types of contexts. For example, the presentation method frequency can be aggregated for each combination of the type of the client 12, the day of the week, the time zone, the place, and the action of the user of interest.
 そして、提示制御部182は、現在の注目ユーザのコンテクストにおける提示方法頻度に基づいて、より頻度の高い提示方法を優先して注目ユーザへの記事の提示方法に設定する。例えば、現在の注目ユーザのコンテクストと一致するコンテクストにおける提示方法頻度の分布が、音声のみによる提示方法:テキストのみによる提示方法:静止画を含む提示方法:動画を含む提示方法=0.1:0.5:0.3:0.2である場合について説明する。 Then, the presentation control unit 182 sets the article presentation method to the attention user by giving priority to the more frequent presentation method based on the presentation method frequency in the current attention user context. For example, the distribution of the presentation method frequency in the context that matches the context of the current user of interest is as follows: Presentation method using only voice: Presentation method using only text: Presentation method including still images: Presentation method including moving images = 0.1: 0 The case where .5: 0.3: 0.2 is described.
 この場合、例えば、提示制御部182は、検索記事及び推薦記事の中から、各記事の提示方法の割合が提示方法頻度とほぼ同じになるように注目ユーザに提示する記事を選択する。すなわち、提示制御部182は、音声のみの記事:テキストのみの記事:静止画を含む記事:動画を含む記事=0.1:0.5:0.3:0.2に近い値になるように記事を選択する。そして、提示制御部182は、選択した記事を注目ユーザのクライアント12において提示させるための情報提示制御データを生成する。 In this case, for example, the presentation control unit 182 selects an article to be presented to the target user from the search article and the recommended article so that the ratio of the presentation method of each article is substantially the same as the presentation method frequency. That is, the presentation control unit 182 has a value close to audio-only articles: text-only articles: articles including still images: articles including moving images = 0.1: 0.5: 0.3: 0.2. Select an article. Then, the presentation control unit 182 generates information presentation control data for causing the client 12 of the user of interest to present the selected article.
 また、例えば、提示制御部182は、提示方法頻度に基づく確率で提示方法を選択する。すなわち、提示制御部182は、音声のみによる提示方法を10%、テキストのみによる提示方法を50%、静止画を含む提示方法を30%、動画を含む提示方法を20%の確率で選択する。そして、提示制御部182は、注目ユーザのクライアント12において、選択した提示方法で検索記事及び推薦記事を提示させるための情報提示制御データを生成する。 Also, for example, the presentation control unit 182 selects a presentation method with a probability based on the presentation method frequency. That is, the presentation control unit 182 selects a presentation method using only voice, a presentation method using only text, 50%, a presentation method including a still image with 30%, and a presentation method including a moving image with a probability of 20%. And the presentation control part 182 produces | generates the information presentation control data for making the client 12 of an attention user show a search article and a recommendation article by the selected presentation method.
 なお、注目ユーザの検索・推薦サービスの利用回数が少なく、注目ユーザのユーザ反応履歴のデータ量が十分でない場合、例えば、提示制御部182は、他のユーザの提示方法頻度を用いるようにしてもよい。例えば、提示制御部182は、全ユーザの提示方法頻度の集計結果、又は、注目ユーザと類似するユーザの提示方法頻度の集計結果を用いることが可能である。なお、注目ユーザと類似するユーザとは、例えば、注目ユーザと嗜好が類似するユーザや、注目ユーザと属性が類似するユーザ等である。 Note that when the number of times the attention user's search / recommendation service is used is small and the data amount of the user response history of the attention user is not sufficient, for example, the presentation control unit 182 may use the presentation method frequency of other users. Good. For example, the presentation control unit 182 can use a totaling result of presentation method frequencies of all users or a totaling result of presentation method frequencies of users similar to the target user. The user similar to the target user is, for example, a user whose preference is similar to the target user, a user whose attribute is similar to the target user, or the like.
 提示制御部182は、通信部184及びネットワーク13を介して、情報提示制御データをクライアント12に送信する。 The presentation control unit 182 transmits information presentation control data to the client 12 via the communication unit 184 and the network 13.
 クライアント12の情報提示モジュール201の制御部212は、通信部242及び管理部241を介して、サーバ11から情報提示制御データを受信する。制御部212は、情報提示制御データに基づいて、サーバ11により選択された記事を提示部213に提示させる。 The control unit 212 of the information presentation module 201 of the client 12 receives information presentation control data from the server 11 via the communication unit 242 and the management unit 241. The control unit 212 causes the presentation unit 213 to present the article selected by the server 11 based on the information presentation control data.
 これにより、注目ユーザの嗜好及びコンテクストに応じて、適切な記事が適切な方法で提示される。 Thus, an appropriate article is presented in an appropriate manner according to the user's preference and context.
 例えば、注目ユーザが使用しているクライアント12の種類に応じて適切な提示方法で記事が提示される。例えば、注目ユーザのクライアント12がウェアラブル端末である場合、音声のみにより記事が提示される。 For example, an article is presented by an appropriate presentation method according to the type of client 12 used by the user of interest. For example, when the client 12 of the user of interest is a wearable terminal, an article is presented only by voice.
 一方、注目ユーザのクライアント12がスマートフォンである場合、例えば、テキストのみを用いた提示方法、又は、静止画を含む提示方法で記事が提示される。 On the other hand, when the client 12 of the user of interest is a smartphone, an article is presented by, for example, a presentation method using only text or a presentation method including a still image.
 図7は、静止画を含む提示方法でスマートフォンに記事を提示した場合の画面301の例を示している。画面301には、記事のタイトルと記事の配信元のみがテキストにより一覧表示され、記事の本文は表示されていない。そして、例えば、記事のタイトルがクリックされると、記事の本文が表示される。また、必要に応じて、記事に関連する静止画(例えば、静止画311a及び静止画311b)が小さいサイズで表示される。そして、静止画がクリックされると、静止画が拡大表示される。 FIG. 7 shows an example of a screen 301 when an article is presented on a smartphone by a presentation method including a still image. On the screen 301, only the article title and the article distribution source are displayed as a list, and the article body is not displayed. For example, when the title of an article is clicked, the text of the article is displayed. Further, as necessary, still images related to the article (for example, the still image 311a and the still image 311b) are displayed in a small size. When the still image is clicked, the still image is enlarged and displayed.
 なお、必要に応じて、記事に関連する動画の存在を示すサムネイル(例えば、サムネイル312)を表示し、サムネイルがクリックされると、動画の再生を開始するようにしてもよい。 If necessary, a thumbnail (for example, thumbnail 312) indicating the presence of a moving image related to the article may be displayed, and when the thumbnail is clicked, the reproduction of the moving image may be started.
 また、注目ユーザのクライアント12がタブレットである場合、例えば、静止画を含む提示方法で記事が提示される。 Further, when the client 12 of the user of interest is a tablet, for example, an article is presented by a presentation method including a still image.
 図8は、静止画を含む提示方法でタブレットに記事を提示した場合の画面351の例を示している。画面351には、記事のタイトル、本文、及び配信元等がテキストにより表示されている。また、必要に応じて、記事に関連する静止画(例えば、静止画361a乃至361h)が、図7の画面301より大きいサイズ表示される。さらに、必要に応じて、記事に関連する動画の存在を示すサムネイル(例えば、サムネイル362a乃至362c)が表示される。そして、サムネイルがクリックされると、クリックされたサムネイルに対応する動画の再生が開始される。 FIG. 8 shows an example of a screen 351 when an article is presented on a tablet by a presentation method including a still image. On the screen 351, the title, body, distribution source, etc. of the article are displayed as text. Further, as necessary, still images (for example, still images 361a to 361h) related to articles are displayed in a size larger than the screen 301 in FIG. Furthermore, thumbnails (for example, thumbnails 362a to 362c) indicating the presence of moving images related to the article are displayed as necessary. When the thumbnail is clicked, the reproduction of the moving image corresponding to the clicked thumbnail is started.
 また、注目ユーザのクライアント12がパーソナルコンピュータである場合、例えば、静止画を含む提示方法、又は、動画を含む提示方法で記事が提示される。 Further, when the client 12 of the user of interest is a personal computer, the article is presented by a presentation method including a still image or a presentation method including a moving image, for example.
 図9は、静止画を含む提示方法で記事をパーソナルコンピュータに提示した場合の画面401の例を示している。画面401には、記事のタイトル、本文、及び配信元等がテキストにより表示されている。また、必要に応じて、記事に関連する静止画(例えば、静止画411)が、図8の画面351より大きいサイズ表示される。さらに、必要に応じて、記事に関連する動画の存在を示すサムネイル(例えば、サムネイル412a乃至412d)が表示される。そして、サムネイルがクリックされると、クリックされたサムネイルに対応する動画の再生が開始される。 FIG. 9 shows an example of a screen 401 when an article is presented on a personal computer by a presentation method including a still image. On the screen 401, the title, body, distribution source, etc. of the article are displayed as text. Further, if necessary, a still image (for example, still image 411) related to the article is displayed in a size larger than the screen 351 in FIG. Further, thumbnails (for example, thumbnails 412a to 412d) indicating the presence of moving images related to the article are displayed as necessary. When the thumbnail is clicked, the reproduction of the moving image corresponding to the clicked thumbnail is started.
 なお、画面401の表示開始時にいずれかの動画を自動的に再生するようにしてもよい。この場合、再生される動画のサイズを、図9に示されているサイズより大きくするようにしてもよい。 Note that any video may be automatically played when the display of the screen 401 is started. In this case, the size of the reproduced moving image may be made larger than the size shown in FIG.
 また、例えば、提示制御部182は、注目ユーザが使用しているクライアント12の種類が同じでも、注目ユーザの他のコンテクストに応じて提示方法を切り替えることが可能である。例えば、注目ユーザが平日の朝の電車内で立った状態でテキストのみの記事をよく閲覧する場合、提示制御部182は、注目ユーザが平日の朝の電車内で立ってスマートフォンを使用しているとき、テキストのみの記事を優先的に提示するようにすることが可能である。一方、注目ユーザが平日の朝の電車内で座っている状態で動画を含む記事をよく閲覧する場合、提示制御部182は、注目ユーザが平日の朝の電車内で座ってスマートフォンを使用しているとき、動画を含む記事を優先的に提示するようにすることが可能である。 Also, for example, the presentation control unit 182 can switch the presentation method according to another context of the target user even if the type of the client 12 used by the target user is the same. For example, in the case where the user of interest often browses text-only articles while standing on a weekday morning train, the presentation control unit 182 uses the smartphone while the user of interest stands on a weekday morning train. It is possible to preferentially present text-only articles. On the other hand, in the case where an attention user often browses articles including videos while sitting on a weekday morning train, the presentation control unit 182 uses the smartphone while the attention user sits on a weekday morning train. It is possible to preferentially present articles including moving images.
 さらに、例えば、提示制御部182は、注目ユーザと一緒にいる人に応じて適切な記事を適切な方法で提示することができる。例えば、注目ユーザが自宅でクライアント12の1つである壁掛け用ディスプレイでニュース等を閲覧している場合について説明する。 Further, for example, the presentation control unit 182 can present an appropriate article by an appropriate method according to the person who is with the target user. For example, a case where the user of interest is browsing news or the like on a wall-mounted display that is one of the clients 12 at home will be described.
 図10は壁掛け用ディスプレイに表示される画面451の例を示している。画面451内には、縦長の表示エリア461L及び表示エリア461Rが左右に並べられている。表示エリア461Lには、様々な種類の情報(例えば、動画、写真、記事、メモ等)を自由なレイアウトで表示することができる。一方、表示エリア461Rには、カレンダーとともにユーザのスケジュールが表示される。また、画面451は、ユーザが直接触れて操作することができ、例えば、ユーザは、表示エリア461L内のレイアウトを自由に変更したり、画面451内の任意の情報を選択して、詳細に表示させたりすることができる。 FIG. 10 shows an example of a screen 451 displayed on the wall-mounted display. In the screen 451, a vertically long display area 461L and a display area 461R are arranged on the left and right. Various types of information (for example, moving images, photos, articles, memos, and the like) can be displayed in a free layout in the display area 461L. On the other hand, the user's schedule is displayed together with the calendar in the display area 461R. The screen 451 can be directly touched and operated by the user. For example, the user can freely change the layout in the display area 461L or select any information in the screen 451 to display in detail. You can make it.
 そして、例えば、注目ユーザが一緒にいる人に応じて、表示エリア461Lに表示される記事が切り替えられる。例えば、注目ユーザが1人でいる場合、注目ユーザが好む経済系の記事が優先的に表示エリア461Lに表示される。このとき、表示エリア461L内全体に経済系の記事が表示される。 And, for example, the articles displayed in the display area 461L are switched according to the person with the target user. For example, when there is only one user of interest, economic articles preferred by the user of interest are preferentially displayed in the display area 461L. At this time, economic articles are displayed in the entire display area 461L.
 一方、注目ユーザが子供といる場合、注目ユーザと子供の両方が好むエンターテイメント系の記事が優先的に表示エリア461Lに表示される。このとき、表示エリア461L内の子供の手が届く高さの範囲内に、エンターテイメント系の記事が表示される。 On the other hand, when the attention user is a child, entertainment-related articles that both the attention user and the child prefer are preferentially displayed in the display area 461L. At this time, entertainment-related articles are displayed within the range of the reach of children in the display area 461L.
 また、上述したように、トピック解析において分類するトピックの数Kを増やすことにより、例えば、同じジャンルのトピックがさらに詳細に分類される。これにより、例えば、同じニュースについて、注目ユーザの興味や知識レベルの度合い等に応じた質及び量の記事が提示されるようになる。 Also, as described above, by increasing the number K of topics to be classified in the topic analysis, for example, topics of the same genre are classified in more detail. Thereby, for example, articles of quality and quantity corresponding to the interest of the attention user, the level of knowledge level, and the like are presented for the same news.
 例えば、企業Sの企業買収に関する記事を提示する場合、会社員Aには企業Sの株価のグラフを含む記事を提示し、実業家Bには、企業買収に関する詳細な記事を提示し、主婦Cには、企業買収に関する経済の入門者向けの記事を提示することが可能になる。 For example, when presenting an article about the acquisition of company S, company employee A presents an article including a graph of the stock price of company S, and businessman B presents a detailed article about the company acquisition, and housewife C Will be able to present articles for introductory economics about acquisitions.
 また、提示制御部182は、情報探索度及び総合探索度を用いて、検索記事及び推薦記事を提示するようにしてもよい。具体的には、提示制御部182は、注目ユーザのクライアント12において情報探索度及び総合探索度を用いて検索記事及び推薦記事を提示させるための情報提示制御データを生成する。提示制御部182は、通信部184及びネットワーク13を介して、情報提示制御データをクライアント12に送信する。 Further, the presentation control unit 182 may present the search article and the recommended article using the information search degree and the comprehensive search degree. Specifically, the presentation control unit 182 generates information presentation control data for causing the client 12 of the target user to present a search article and a recommended article using the information search degree and the comprehensive search degree. The presentation control unit 182 transmits information presentation control data to the client 12 via the communication unit 184 and the network 13.
 クライアント12の情報提示モジュール201の制御部212は、通信部242及び管理部241を介して、サーバ11から情報提示制御データを受信する。制御部212は、情報提示制御データに基づいて、検索記事及び推薦記事、並びに、情報探索度及び総合探索度を提示するための画面を提示部213に表示させる。 The control unit 212 of the information presentation module 201 of the client 12 receives information presentation control data from the server 11 via the communication unit 242 and the management unit 241. Based on the information presentation control data, the control unit 212 causes the presentation unit 213 to display a screen for presenting the search article and the recommended article, and the information search degree and the comprehensive search degree.
 図11の画面501は、このとき提示部213に表示される画面の例を示している。 11 shows an example of a screen displayed on the presentation unit 213 at this time.
 画面501は、注目ユーザの情報探索度及び総合探索度、並びに、情報探索度に基づく推薦記事を注目ユーザに提示するための画面の例である。具体的には、画面501内には、ガイダンス表示部511、探索度表示部512a乃至512e、及び、推薦情報表示部513a乃至513dが配置されている。より具体的には、ガイダンス表示部511は、画面501の右上に配置されている。推薦情報表示部513a乃至513dは、ガイダンス表示部511の下に上下方向に並ぶように配置されている。探索度表示部512a乃至512dは、それぞれ推薦情報表示部513a乃至513dの左に並ぶように配置されている。また、探索度表示部512eは、探索度表示部512dの下に配置されている。 The screen 501 is an example of a screen for presenting the attention user with a recommended article based on the information search degree and the comprehensive search degree of the attention user and the information search degree. Specifically, a guidance display unit 511, search degree display units 512a to 512e, and recommendation information display units 513a to 513d are arranged in the screen 501. More specifically, the guidance display unit 511 is arranged on the upper right of the screen 501. The recommendation information display parts 513a to 513d are arranged below the guidance display part 511 so as to be lined up and down. Search degree display sections 512a to 512d are arranged to be arranged to the left of recommendation information display sections 513a to 513d, respectively. The search degree display unit 512e is arranged below the search degree display unit 512d.
 ガイダンス表示部511には、推薦情報表示部513a乃至513d内の記事をクリックし、選択することにより、その記事の左に表示されている情報探索度を上げるよう促すメッセージが表示されている。 In the guidance display unit 511, a message that prompts the user to increase the information search degree displayed on the left side of the article by clicking and selecting the article in the recommended information display units 513a to 513d is displayed.
 探索度表示部512a内の右側には、注目ユーザの情報探索度(広さ)を示すグラフが表示されている。この例では、注目ユーザの情報探索度(広さ)は60%である。なお、情報探索度(広さ)の計算方法は後述する。探索度表示部512a内の左側には、推薦情報表示部513a内の記事が、注目ユーザの情報探索の範囲を広げる記事であることを示すメッセージが表示されている。 On the right side in the search degree display section 512a, a graph indicating the information search degree (width) of the user of interest is displayed. In this example, the information search degree (area) of the focused user is 60%. A method for calculating the information search degree (width) will be described later. On the left side of the search degree display unit 512a, a message indicating that the article in the recommendation information display unit 513a is an article that expands the information search range of the user of interest is displayed.
 推薦情報表示部513aには、情報探索度(広さ)を上げることが可能な記事の一部又はヘッドラインが表示される。具体的には、推薦情報表示部513a内の記事は、上述した広さ推薦記事の中から選択される。例えば、広さ推薦記事のうち最も推薦スコアが高い記事が選択される。或いは、例えば、広さ推薦記事の中に優先的に注目ユーザに推薦するように設定されている記事があれば、その記事が選択される。 In the recommended information display section 513a, a part of an article or a headline capable of increasing the information search degree (area) is displayed. Specifically, the article in the recommended information display unit 513a is selected from the above-mentioned area recommended articles. For example, the article with the highest recommendation score is selected from the recommended articles in size. Alternatively, for example, if there is an article that is set so as to be preferentially recommended to the user of interest in an area recommended article, that article is selected.
 探索度表示部512b内の右側には、注目ユーザの情報探索度(深さ)を示すグラフが表示されている。この例では、注目ユーザの情報探索度(深さ)は70%である。なお、情報探索度(深さ)の計算方法は後述する。また、探索度表示部512b内の左側には、推薦情報表示部513b内の記事が、注目ユーザの情報探索を深める記事であることを示すメッセージが表示されている。 On the right side in the search degree display section 512b, a graph indicating the information search degree (depth) of the user of interest is displayed. In this example, the information search degree (depth) of the focused user is 70%. A method for calculating the information search degree (depth) will be described later. In addition, a message indicating that the article in the recommended information display unit 513b is an article that deepens the information search of the user of interest is displayed on the left side in the search degree display unit 512b.
 推薦情報表示部513bには、情報探索度(深さ)を上げることが可能な記事の一部又はヘッドラインが表示される。具体的には、推薦情報表示部513bに表示される記事は、上述した深さ推薦記事の中から選択される。例えば、深さ推薦記事のうち最も推薦スコアが高い記事が選択される。或いは、例えば、深さ推薦記事の中に優先的に注目ユーザに推薦するように設定されている記事があれば、その記事が選択される。 In the recommended information display section 513b, a part of an article or a headline capable of increasing the information search degree (depth) is displayed. Specifically, the article displayed on the recommendation information display unit 513b is selected from the above-described depth recommended articles. For example, the article with the highest recommendation score is selected from the depth recommendation articles. Alternatively, for example, if there is an article that is set so as to be preferentially recommended to the user of interest in the depth recommended article, that article is selected.
 探索度表示部512c内の右側には、注目ユーザの情報探索度(新しさ)を示すグラフが表示されている。この例では、注目ユーザの情報探索度(新しさ)は40%である。なお、情報探索度(新しさ)の計算方法は後述する。また、探索度表示部512c内の左側には、推薦情報表示部513c内の記事が新着記事であることを示すメッセージが表示されている。 On the right side in the search degree display section 512c, a graph showing the information search degree (newness) of the user of interest is displayed. In this example, the information search degree (newness) of the noted user is 40%. A method for calculating the information search degree (newness) will be described later. In addition, a message indicating that the article in the recommended information display unit 513c is a new arrival article is displayed on the left side in the search degree display unit 512c.
 推薦情報表示部513cには、情報探索度(新しさ)を上げることが可能な記事の一部又はヘッドラインが表示される。具体的には、推薦情報表示部513cに表示される記事は、上述した新しさ推薦記事の中から選択される。例えば、新しさ推薦記事のうち最も推薦スコアが高い記事が選択される。或いは、例えば、新しさ推薦記事の中に優先的に注目ユーザに推薦するように設定されている記事があれば、その記事が選択される。 In the recommended information display section 513c, a part of an article or a headline capable of increasing the information search level (newness) is displayed. Specifically, the article displayed on the recommended information display unit 513c is selected from the above-described newness recommended articles. For example, the article with the highest recommendation score is selected from the novelty recommendation articles. Alternatively, for example, if there is an article that is set so as to be preferentially recommended to the attention user in the novelty recommended article, the article is selected.
 探索度表示部512d内の右側には、注目ユーザの情報探索度(人気)を示すグラフが表示されている。この例では、注目ユーザの情報探索度(人気)が30%である。なお、情報探索度(人気)の計算方法は後述する。また、探索度表示部512d内の左側には、推薦情報表示部513d内の記事が現在人気の記事であることを示すメッセージが表示されている。 On the right side in the search degree display section 512d, a graph indicating the information search degree (popularity) of the user of interest is displayed. In this example, the information search degree (popularity) of the attention user is 30%. A method for calculating the degree of information search (popularity) will be described later. A message indicating that the article in the recommended information display unit 513d is a currently popular article is displayed on the left side in the search degree display unit 512d.
 推薦情報表示部513dには、情報探索度(人気)を上げることが可能な記事の一部又はヘッドラインが表示される。具体的には、推薦情報表示部513dに表示される記事は、上述した人気推薦記事の中から選択される。例えば、人気推薦記事のうち最も推薦スコアが高い記事が選択される。或いは、例えば、人気推薦記事の中に優先的に注目ユーザに推薦するように設定されている記事があれば、その記事が選択される。 In the recommended information display section 513d, a part of an article or a headline that can increase the degree of information search (popularity) is displayed. Specifically, the article displayed on the recommended information display unit 513d is selected from the popular recommended articles described above. For example, the article with the highest recommendation score is selected from the popular recommended articles. Alternatively, for example, if there is an article that is set so as to be preferentially recommended to the attention user in the popular recommended articles, the article is selected.
 探索度表示部512eには、注目ユーザの総合探索度の値を示すグラフが表示されている。この例では、注目ユーザの総合探索度は50%である。なお、総合探索度の計算方法は後述する。 The search degree display section 512e displays a graph indicating the value of the comprehensive search degree of the user of interest. In this example, the total search degree of the user of interest is 50%. A method for calculating the comprehensive search degree will be described later.
 このように、画面501では、情報探索度の観点毎に個別に推薦記事が提示されるので、注目ユーザは、各観点に基づく推薦記事を容易に選択することができる。また、注目ユーザは、自分の情報探索の網羅性や多様性等を容易に把握することができる。例えば、注目ユーザは、情報探索度(広さ)に基づいて、どの程度まで広く情報を探索しているかを客観的な数値で知ることができる。また、注目ユーザは、情報探索度(深さ)に基づいて、どの程度まで深く情報を探索しているかを客観的な数値で知ることができる。さらに、注目ユーザは、情報探索度(新しさ)に基づいて、新しい情報をどの程度探索しているかを客観的な数値で知ることができる。また、注目ユーザは、情報探索度(人気)に基づいて、人気のある情報をどの程度探索しているかを客観的な数値で知ることができる。 As described above, on the screen 501, recommended articles are presented individually for each viewpoint of the information search degree, so that the user of interest can easily select a recommended article based on each viewpoint. Further, the user of interest can easily grasp the completeness and diversity of his / her information search. For example, the user of interest can know by an objective numerical value how widely information is being searched based on the degree of information search (breadth). Further, the user of interest can know, to an objective numerical value, how deeply the information is being searched based on the information search degree (depth). Furthermore, the user of interest can know objectively how much new information is being searched based on the degree of information search (newness). Further, the user of interest can know objectively how many pieces of popular information are being searched based on the degree of information search (popularity).
 その後、処理はステップS111に進む。 Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S111.
 一方、ステップS109において、ユーザに情報を提示しないと判定された場合、ステップS110の処理はスキップされ、処理はステップS111に進む。 On the other hand, if it is determined in step S109 that no information is presented to the user, the process of step S110 is skipped, and the process proceeds to step S111.
 ステップS111において、クライアント12の反応検出モジュール202の反応解析部223は、ユーザの反応を検出するか否かを判定する。ユーザの反応を検出すると判定された場合、処理はステップS112に進む。 In step S111, the reaction analysis unit 223 of the reaction detection module 202 of the client 12 determines whether or not to detect a user reaction. If it is determined that a user reaction is detected, the process proceeds to step S112.
 ステップS112において、クライアント12の反応検出モジュール202は、ユーザの反応を検出する。例えば、注目ユーザが、提示された記事に対するフィードバック(例えば、提示された記事の選択や評価等)を、入力部221を介して入力した場合、入力部221は、入力されたフィードバックの内容を示す情報を反応解析部223に供給する。ここで、注目ユーザのフィードバックは、明示的なものであっても暗黙的なものであってもよい。 In step S112, the reaction detection module 202 of the client 12 detects a user reaction. For example, when the notable user inputs feedback (for example, selection or evaluation of the presented article) to the presented article via the input unit 221, the input unit 221 indicates the content of the input feedback. Information is supplied to the reaction analysis unit 223. Here, the feedback of the noted user may be explicit or implicit.
 また、検出部222は、提示された記事に対する注目ユーザの反応を示す情報を検出し、検出した情報を反応解析部223に供給する。ここで、注目ユーザの反応を示す情報とは、注目ユーザの表情の検出結果や、注目ユーザの生体情報(例えば、脈拍、発汗量等)等である。 Also, the detection unit 222 detects information indicating the reaction of the user of interest to the presented article, and supplies the detected information to the reaction analysis unit 223. Here, the information indicating the reaction of the user of interest is the detection result of the facial expression of the user of interest, the biological information of the user of interest (for example, the pulse, the amount of sweating, etc.).
 反応解析部223は、注目ユーザのフィードバックを示す情報、及び、注目ユーザの反応を示す情報に基づいて、提示された情報に対するユーザの反応を解析する。例えば、反応解析部223は、提示された記事に対して、注目ユーザがポジティブな反応、ネガティブな反応、又は、中立の反応のいずれを示したかを解析する。なお、反応解析部223は、注目ユーザのポジティブ又はネガティブな反応の度合いまで解析するようにしてもよい。例えば、反応解析部223は、注目ユーザが実際に記事にアクセスしたか、又は、注目ユーザが良い評価を与えたか等によりポジティブな反応の度合いを解析する。 The reaction analysis unit 223 analyzes the user's response to the presented information based on the information indicating the feedback of the attention user and the information indicating the reaction of the attention user. For example, the reaction analysis unit 223 analyzes whether the user of interest has shown a positive reaction, a negative reaction, or a neutral reaction with respect to the presented article. Note that the reaction analysis unit 223 may analyze the degree of positive or negative reaction of the user of interest. For example, the reaction analysis unit 223 analyzes the degree of positive reaction depending on whether the focused user actually accessed the article or whether the focused user gave a good evaluation.
 なお、以下、注目ユーザがポジティブな反応を示した記事を、ポジティブ反応記事と称する。注目ユーザがポジティブな反応を示した記事とは、例えば、注目ユーザが良い評価を与えた記事、提示された記事に対して実際にアクセスした記事、ポジティブな生体反応を示した記事等である。また、以下、注目ユーザがネガティブな反応を示した記事を、ネガティブ反応記事と称する。なお、注目ユーザがネガティブな反応を示した記事とは、例えば、注目ユーザが悪い評価を与えた記事、アクセスしなかった記事、ネガティブな生体反応を示した記事等である。また、以下、注目ユーザがポジティブ又はネガティブな反応を示した記事を、ユーザ反応記事と称する。 In the following, an article in which the user of interest has shown a positive reaction is referred to as a positive reaction article. The articles in which the user of interest has shown a positive reaction are, for example, articles that have been given a good evaluation by the user of interest, articles that have actually accessed the presented article, articles that have had a positive biological reaction, and the like. Hereinafter, an article in which the target user has shown a negative reaction is referred to as a negative reaction article. Note that the articles in which the target user has shown a negative reaction are, for example, articles in which the target user has given a bad evaluation, articles that have not been accessed, articles that have shown a negative biological reaction, and the like. In addition, hereinafter, an article in which the target user has shown a positive or negative reaction is referred to as a user reaction article.
 反応解析部223は、注目ユーザの反応の解析結果を示すユーザ反応情報を生成し、生成したユーザ反応情報を、管理部241、通信部242及びネットワーク13を介してサーバ11に送信する。 The reaction analysis unit 223 generates user reaction information indicating the analysis result of the attention user's reaction, and transmits the generated user reaction information to the server 11 via the management unit 241, the communication unit 242, and the network 13.
 サーバ11の情報統合モジュール116のユーザ情報取得部183は、通信部184を介して、クライアント12から送信されたユーザ反応情報を受信し、管理部181に供給する。管理部181は、取得したユーザ反応情報と、対象となった記事のメタデータ及び提示方法、並びに、記事を提示したときの注目ユーザのコンテクストを示す情報とを含むユーザ反応履歴を生成する。管理部181は、生成したユーザ反応履歴を記憶部185に記憶させる。 The user information acquisition unit 183 of the information integration module 116 of the server 11 receives the user reaction information transmitted from the client 12 via the communication unit 184 and supplies it to the management unit 181. The management unit 181 generates a user reaction history including the acquired user reaction information, metadata and presentation method of the targeted article, and information indicating the context of the focused user when the article is presented. The management unit 181 stores the generated user reaction history in the storage unit 185.
 その後、処理はステップS113に進む。 Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S113.
 一方、ステップS111において、ユーザの反応を検出しないと判定された場合、ステップS112の処理はスキップされ、処理はステップS113に進む。 On the other hand, if it is determined in step S111 that no user reaction is detected, the process of step S112 is skipped, and the process proceeds to step S113.
 ステップS113において、サーバ11の情報個人化モジュール115の学習部162は、ユーザの嗜好を学習するか否かを判定する。ユーザの嗜好を学習すると判定された場合、処理はステップS114に進む。 In step S113, the learning unit 162 of the information personalization module 115 of the server 11 determines whether to learn the user's preferences. When it is determined that the user's preference is learned, the process proceeds to step S114.
 ステップS114において、学習部162は、ユーザの嗜好を学習する。具体的には、学習部162は、管理部181を介して、注目ユーザのユーザ反応履歴を記憶部185から取得する。そして、学習部162は、注目ユーザが反応を示した記事(ユーザ反応記事)の単語ベクトル及びトピックベクトルに基づいて、注目ユーザのWPV及びTPVを生成する。例えば、学習部162は、ユーザ反応記事の単語ベクトルを加算することによりWPVを生成する。同様に、例えば、学習部162は、ユーザ反応記事のトピックベクトルを加算することによりTPVを生成する。 In step S114, the learning unit 162 learns the user's preference. Specifically, the learning unit 162 acquires the user reaction history of the attention user from the storage unit 185 via the management unit 181. Then, the learning unit 162 generates the WPV and TPV of the user of interest based on the word vector and topic vector of the article (user reaction article) that the user of interest has reacted to. For example, the learning unit 162 generates a WPV by adding word vectors of user reaction articles. Similarly, for example, the learning unit 162 generates a TPV by adding topic vectors of user reaction articles.
 ここで、学習部162は、注目ユーザの全般的なWPV及びTPVだけでなく、注目ユーザに記事を提示したときのコンテクスト毎のWPV及びTPVを生成する。 Here, the learning unit 162 generates not only the general WPV and TPV of the target user, but also the WPV and TPV for each context when the article is presented to the target user.
 例えば、学習部162は、注目ユーザに平日に提示した記事、及び、注目ユーザに休日に提示した記事にユーザ反応記事を分類する。そして、学習部162は、分類したグループ毎に各ユーザ反応記事の単語ベクトル及びトピックベクトルをそれぞれ加算することによりWPV及びTPVを生成する。これにより、注目ユーザの平日のWPV及びTPV、並びに、休日のWPV及びTPVが生成される。 For example, the learning unit 162 classifies the user reaction articles into articles presented on weekdays to the attention user and articles presented on the holiday to the attention user. And the learning part 162 produces | generates WPV and TPV by adding the word vector and topic vector of each user reaction article for every classified group, respectively. As a result, the weekly WPV and TPV of the user of interest and the holiday WPV and TPV are generated.
 また、例えば、学習部162は、注目ユーザに朝に提示した記事、注目ユーザに昼に提示した記事、及び、注目ユーザに夜に提示した記事にユーザ反応記事を分類する。そして、学習部162は、分類したグループ毎に各ユーザ反応記事の単語ベクトル及びトピックベクトルをそれぞれ加算することによりWPV及びTPVを生成する。これにより、注目ユーザの朝のWPV及びTPV、昼のWPV及びTPV、並びに、夜のWPV及びTPVが生成される。 Further, for example, the learning unit 162 classifies user reaction articles into articles presented to the attention user in the morning, articles presented to the attention user in the day, and articles presented to the attention user in the night. And the learning part 162 produces | generates WPV and TPV by adding the word vector and topic vector of each user reaction article for every classified group, respectively. Thus, the morning WPV and TPV, the daytime WPV and TPV, and the nighttime WPV and TPV of the user of interest are generated.
 さらに、例えば、学習部162は、注目ユーザに自宅で提示した記事、注目ユーザに会社で提示した記事、注目ユーザに乗り物内で提示した記事、及び、注目ユーザに外出先で提示した記事にユーザ反応記事を分類する。そして、学習部162は、分類したグループ毎に各ユーザ反応記事の単語ベクトル及びトピックベクトルをそれぞれ加算することによりWPV及びTPVを生成する。これにより、注目ユーザの自宅におけるWPV及びTPV、会社におけるWPV及びTPV、乗り物内におけるWPV及びTPV、並びに、外出先におけるWPV及びTPVが生成される。 Further, for example, the learning unit 162 may update the article presented to the attention user at home, the article presented to the attention user at the company, the article presented to the attention user in the vehicle, and the article presented to the attention user on the go. Classify reaction articles. And the learning part 162 produces | generates WPV and TPV by adding the word vector and topic vector of each user reaction article for every classified group, respectively. Thereby, WPV and TPV in the home of the user of interest, WPV and TPV in the company, WPV and TPV in the vehicle, and WPV and TPV in the outside are generated.
 また、例えば、学習部162は、注目ユーザが立っている場合に提示した記事、注目ユーザが座っている場合に提示した記事、又は、注目ユーザが歩いている場合に提示した記事にユーザ反応記事を分類する。そして、学習部162は、分類したグループ毎に各ユーザ反応記事の単語ベクトル及びトピックベクトルをそれぞれ加算することによりWPV及びTPVを生成する。これにより、注目ユーザが立っている場合のWPV及びTPV、座っている場合のWPV及びTPV、並びに、歩いている場合のWPV及びTPVが生成される。 In addition, for example, the learning unit 162 may apply a user reaction article to an article presented when the attention user is standing, an article presented when the attention user is sitting, or an article presented when the attention user is walking. Classify. And the learning part 162 produces | generates WPV and TPV by adding the word vector and topic vector of each user reaction article for every classified group, respectively. Thereby, WPV and TPV when the user of interest stands, WPV and TPV when sitting, and WPV and TPV when walking are generated.
 さらに、例えば、学習部162は、注目ユーザが一人でいる場合に提示した記事、注目ユーザが妻といる場合に提示した記事、注目ユーザが子供といる場合に提示した記事、又は、注目ユーザが妻及び子供といる場合に提示した記事にユーザ反応記事を分類する。そして、学習部162は、分類したグループ毎に各ユーザ反応記事の単語ベクトル及びトピックベクトルをそれぞれ加算することによりWPV及びTPVを生成する。これにより、注目ユーザと一緒にいる人が、1人もいない場合のWPV及びTPV、妻である場合のWPV及びTPV、子供である場合のWPV及びTPV、並びに、妻及び子供である場合のWPV及びTPVが生成される。 Further, for example, the learning unit 162 may provide an article presented when the attention user is alone, an article presented when the attention user is a wife, an article presented when the attention user is a child, or an attention user. The user reaction articles are classified into articles presented when the wife and children are present. And the learning part 162 produces | generates WPV and TPV by adding the word vector and topic vector of each user reaction article for every classified group, respectively. Thereby, WPV and TPV when there is no person who is the target user, WPV and TPV when the wife is, WPV and TPV when the child is, and WPV when the person is the wife and child. And TPV are generated.
 このようにして、注目ユーザのコンテクスト毎の嗜好が学習される。 In this way, the preference for each user's context is learned.
 なお、学習部162は、例えば、注目ユーザの反応の種類や度合いによって、各ユーザ反応記事の単語ベクトル及びトピックベクトルを、重みをつけて加算するようにしてもよい。例えば、学習部162は、注目ユーザの反応がポジティブかネガティブか等により異なる重みをつけたり、注目ユーザの反応の度合いより異なる重みをつけたりするようにしてもよい。 Note that the learning unit 162 may add the word vector and the topic vector of each user reaction article with a weight depending on, for example, the type and degree of the attention user's reaction. For example, the learning unit 162 may assign different weights depending on whether the attention user's reaction is positive or negative, or may assign different weights depending on the degree of the attention user's reaction.
 また、例えば、学習部162は、注目ユーザがポジティブな反応を示した記事(ポジティブ反応記事)の単語ベクトル及びトピックベクトルのみに基づいて、WPV及びTPVを生成するようにしてもよい。 Further, for example, the learning unit 162 may generate the WPV and the TPV based only on the word vector and the topic vector of an article (positive reaction article) in which the target user has shown a positive reaction.
 さらに、WPV及びTPVの生成に用いるユーザ反応履歴の対象期間は、任意の期間に設定することができる。例えば、学習部162は、これまで注目ユーザが検索・推薦サービスを利用した全期間のユーザ反応履歴を用いたり、或いは、直前の所定の期間(例えば、1日、1週間、1か月、1年等)内のユーザ反応履歴を用いたりする。 Furthermore, the target period of the user reaction history used for generating WPV and TPV can be set to an arbitrary period. For example, the learning unit 162 may use the user response history of the entire period when the user of interest has used the search / recommendation service until now, or the predetermined period immediately before (for example, 1 day, 1 week, 1 month, 1 User reaction history within year etc.).
 また、学習部162は、注目ユーザの情報探索度の計算を行う。具体的には、学習部162は、注目ユーザがポジティブな反応を示した記事(ポジティブ反応記事)が属するトピックの分布を示すトピック頻度の集計を行う。例えば、学習部162は、注目ユーザのポジティブ反応記事の帰属確率最大トピックを集計することにより、トピック頻度を集計する。従って、注目ユーザのポジティブ反応記事が多く属するトピックのトピック頻度の値が大きくなる。 Also, the learning unit 162 calculates the information search degree of the focused user. Specifically, the learning unit 162 aggregates topic frequencies indicating the distribution of topics to which articles (positive reaction articles) to which the target user has shown a positive reaction belong. For example, the learning unit 162 totals topic frequencies by totaling the topics with the highest probability of belonging to the positive reaction article of the user of interest. Therefore, the value of the topic frequency of a topic to which many positive reaction articles of the user of interest belong increases.
 なお、トピック頻度の集計期間は、任意の期間に設定することができる。例えば、トピック頻度の集計期間は、これまで注目ユーザが検索・推薦サービスを利用した全期間、又は、直前の所定の期間(例えば、1日、1週間、1か月、1年等)に設定される。或いは、例えば、トピック頻度の集計期間は、今回の検索・推薦サービスの利用期間(例えば、今回の検索・推薦サービスへのログイン期間)に設定される。 Note that the topic frequency tabulation period can be set to any period. For example, the topic frequency tabulation period is set to the entire period in which the user of interest has used the search / recommendation service so far, or a predetermined period immediately before (for example, 1 day, 1 week, 1 month, 1 year, etc.) Is done. Alternatively, for example, the topic frequency tabulation period is set to the current search / recommendation service usage period (for example, the current search / recommendation service login period).
 また、例えば、注目ユーザがポジティブな反応を示した記事のトピックベクトルを積算していくことにより、トピック頻度を集計するようにしてもよい。この場合、ユーザがポジティブな反応を示した記事が属するトピックの分布が、より正確にトピック頻度に反映される。 Also, for example, the topic frequency may be aggregated by accumulating topic vectors of articles that the positive user has shown a positive reaction. In this case, the distribution of the topic to which the article to which the user gave a positive reaction belongs is more accurately reflected in the topic frequency.
 また、学習部162は、集計したトピック頻度に基づいて、「広さ」、「深さ」、「新しさ」、及び、「人気」の4つの観点に基づく情報探索度を計算する。 Also, the learning unit 162 calculates the information search degree based on the four viewpoints of “breadth”, “depth”, “newness”, and “popularity” based on the tabulated topic frequencies.
 なお、以下、トピック頻度の分布が、{1,7,0,3,0,1,0,0,2,1}である場合、すなわち、トピックz1のトピック頻度が1、トピックz2のトピック頻度が7、・・・、トピックz10のトピック頻度が1である場合について説明する。また、以下、直前に注目ユーザがポジティブな反応を行った記事の帰属確率最大トピック(以下、直前反応トピックと称する)がトピックz2である場合について説明する。 Hereinafter, when the topic frequency distribution is {1, 7, 0, 3 , 0, 1, 0, 0, 2 , 1}, that is, the topic frequency of the topic z 1 is 1, and the topic z 2 is A case where the topic frequency is 7,... And the topic frequency of the topic z 10 is 1 will be described. In addition, the following, membership probability maximum topic of the articles immediately before the noted user has made a positive reaction (hereinafter referred to as the previous reaction topic) will be described when a topic z 2.
 例えば、学習部162は、次式(5)により情報探索度(広さ)を計算する。 For example, the learning unit 162 calculates the information search degree (width) by the following equation (5).
情報探索度(広さ)
 =トピック頻度が閾値TH1以上のトピックの数÷トピックの総数×100
                           ・・・(5)
Information search degree (area)
= Number of topics whose topic frequency is equal to or higher than threshold TH1 ÷ total number of topics × 100
... (5)
 例えば、閾値TH1を1に設定した場合、先に示したトピック頻度の例において、トピック頻度が閾値TH1以上のトピック数は6となる。そして、総トピック数が10なので、情報探索度(広さ)は60%となる。 For example, when the threshold value TH1 is set to 1, the number of topics whose topic frequency is equal to or higher than the threshold value TH1 is 6 in the topic frequency example shown above. Since the total number of topics is 10, the information search degree (area) is 60%.
 情報探索度(広さ)は、注目ユーザがポジティブな反応を示した記事が属するトピックの範囲が広いほど大きくなり、注目ユーザがポジティブな反応を示した記事が属するトピックの範囲が狭いほど小さくなる。従って、情報探索度(広さ)は、注目ユーザがどの程度の広さまで情報を探索しているかを示す指標となる。 The degree of information search (breadth) increases as the range of topics to which articles to which the attention user has shown a positive reaction belongs is larger, and decreases as the range of topics to which articles to which the attention user has a positive reaction belongs is smaller. . Therefore, the information search degree (area) is an index indicating how much information the user of interest is searching for.
 また、学習部162は、次式(6)により情報探索度(深さ)を計算する。 Also, the learning unit 162 calculates the information search degree (depth) by the following equation (6).
情報探索度(深さ)=直前反応トピックのトピック頻度÷上限値×100 ・・・(6) Information search degree (depth) = topic frequency of previous reaction topic / upper limit value × 100 (6)
 ここで、直前反応トピックのトピック頻度とは、注目ユーザが直前にポジティブな反応を示した記事の帰属確率最大トピックのトピック頻度である。従って、現在の例では、注目ユーザの直前反応トピックであるトピックz2のトピック頻度が7なので、上限値を10に設定した場合、情報探索度(深さ)は70%となる。 Here, the topic frequency of the immediately previous reaction topic is the topic frequency of the topic with the highest attribution probability of an article in which the user of interest has shown a positive response immediately before. Therefore, in the present example, the topic frequency of the topic z 2 that is the reaction topic immediately before the user of interest is 7, so when the upper limit value is set to 10, the information search degree (depth) is 70%.
 情報探索度(深さ)は、注目ユーザが直前反応トピックに属する記事に対してポジティブな反応を示した回数が多いほど大きくなり、注目ユーザが直前反応トピックに属する記事に対してポジティブな反応を示した回数が少ないほど小さくなる。従って、情報探索度(深さ)は、注目ユーザが、直前反応トピック(例えば、ユーザが現在注目している記事が属するトピック)に対して、どの程度の深さまで情報を探索しているかを示す指標となる。 The degree of information search (depth) increases as the number of times the attention user gives a positive response to an article belonging to the previous reaction topic increases, and the attention user gives a positive reaction to an article belonging to the previous reaction topic. The smaller the number of times shown, the smaller. Therefore, the information search degree (depth) indicates how deep the attention user is searching for information with respect to the immediately previous reaction topic (for example, the topic to which the article currently focused on by the user belongs). It becomes an indicator.
 なお、上限値の値は、ポジティブ反応記事の総数に従って変更するようにしてもよい。すなわち、ポジティブ反応記事の総数が多いほど、上限値を大きくし、ポジティブ反応記事の総数が少ないほど、上限値を小さくするようにしてもよい。 The upper limit value may be changed according to the total number of positive reaction articles. That is, the upper limit value may be increased as the total number of positive reaction articles increases, and the upper limit value may be decreased as the total number of positive reaction articles decreases.
 また、情報探索度(深さ)が、100%を超えるようにしてもよい。 Also, the information search degree (depth) may exceed 100%.
 さらに、学習部162は、次式(7)により情報探索度(新しさ)を計算する。 Further, the learning unit 162 calculates the information search degree (newness) by the following equation (7).
情報探索度(新しさ)
 =ポジティブ反応記事のうち新着記事の数÷ポジティブ反応記事の総数 ・・・(7)
Information search degree (newness)
= Number of new articles among positive reaction articles ÷ Total number of positive reaction articles (7)
 例えば、直前の所定の期間内(例えば、直前の6時間以内)に追加又は更新された新着記事のみを対象にしたトピック頻度の分布を{0,4,0,1,0,0,0,0,1,0}とした場合、ポジティブ反応記事のうち新着記事の数は6となる。そして、ポジティブ反応記事の総数が15なので、情報探索度(新しさ)は40%となる。 For example, a topic frequency distribution for only new articles added or updated within a predetermined period immediately before (for example, within the immediately preceding 6 hours) is represented by {0, 4, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, In the case of 0, 1, 0}, the number of newly arrived articles among the positive reaction articles is 6. Since the total number of positive reaction articles is 15, the degree of information search (newness) is 40%.
 情報探索度(新しさ)は、新着記事に対してポジティブな反応を示した回数が多いほど大きくなり、新着記事に対してポジティブな反応を示した回数が少ないほど小さくなる。従って、情報探索度(新しさ)は、注目ユーザが新しい情報をどの程度探索しているかを示す指標となる。 The degree of information search (newness) increases as the number of positive responses to new articles increases, and decreases as the number of positive responses to new articles decreases. Therefore, the information search degree (newness) is an index indicating how much new information is searched by the target user.
 また、学習部162は、次式(8)により情報探索度(人気)を計算する。 Also, the learning unit 162 calculates the information search degree (popularity) by the following equation (8).
情報探索度(人気)
 =ポジティブ反応記事のうち人気記事の数÷ポジティブ反応記事の総数 ・・・(8)
Information search degree (popularity)
= Number of popular articles among positive reaction articles ÷ Total number of positive reaction articles (8)
 例えば、人気度スコアが所定の閾値以上の人気記事のみを対象にしたトピック頻度の分布を{0,2,0,0,0,0,0,0,1,0}とした場合、ポジティブ反応記事のうち人気記事の数は3となる。そして、ポジティブ反応記事の総数が15なので、情報探索度(人気)は20%となる。 For example, if the topic frequency distribution for only popular articles whose popularity score is greater than or equal to a predetermined threshold is {0, 2, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0}, a positive response The number of popular articles among the articles is 3. Since the total number of positive reaction articles is 15, the degree of information search (popularity) is 20%.
 情報探索度(人気)は、人気記事に対してポジティブな反応を示した回数が多いほど大きくなり、人気記事に対してポジティブな反応を示した回数が少ないほど小さくなる。従って、情報探索度(人気)は、注目ユーザが人気のある情報(例えば、話題になったり、注目されている情報)をどの程度探索しているかを示す指標となる。 The degree of information search (popularity) increases as the number of positive responses to popular articles increases, and decreases as the number of positive responses to popular articles decreases. Therefore, the degree of information search (popularity) is an index indicating how much the attention user is searching for popular information (for example, information that has become a topic or has been noticed).
 また、学習部162は、各観点の情報探索度に基づいて、次式(9)により総合探索度を計算する。 In addition, the learning unit 162 calculates a comprehensive search degree by the following equation (9) based on the information search degree of each viewpoint.
総合探索度=(情報探索度(広さ)+情報探索度(深さ)+情報探索度(新しさ)
      +情報探索度(人気))÷4 ・・・(9)
General search degree = (information search degree (area) + information search degree (depth) + information search degree (newness)
+ Information search degree (popularity)) ÷ 4 (9)
 すなわち、総合探索度は、各観点の情報探索度の平均値である。 That is, the comprehensive search degree is an average value of the information search degree of each viewpoint.
 さらに、学習部162は、注目ユーザの提示方法に対する嗜好を学習する。具体的には、例えば、学習部162は、注目ユーザがポジティブな反応を示した記事(ポジティブ反応記事)の提示方法の分布を示す提示方法頻度をコンテクスト毎に集計する。例えば、学習部162は、注目ユーザのクライアント12の種類毎に提示方法頻度の集計を行う。これにより、例えば、注目ユーザが使用しているクライアント12がウェアラブルデバイスである場合の提示方法頻度、スマートフォンである場合の提示方法頻度、タブレットである場合の提示方法頻度、及び、パーソナルコンピュータである場合の提示方法頻度が求められる。 Furthermore, the learning unit 162 learns the preference for the presentation method of the attention user. Specifically, for example, the learning unit 162 aggregates, for each context, the presentation method frequency indicating the distribution of the presentation method of articles (positive reaction articles) in which the user of interest has shown a positive response. For example, the learning unit 162 aggregates the presentation method frequency for each type of the client 12 of the user of interest. Thereby, for example, the presentation method frequency when the client 12 used by the user of interest is a wearable device, the presentation method frequency when the smartphone is a smartphone, the presentation method frequency when the tablet is a tablet, and a personal computer The presentation method frequency is required.
 この提示方法頻度により、使用しているクライアント12の種類により、注目ユーザが好む記事の提示方法の傾向が把握される。例えば、注目ユーザが、スマートフォンを使用している場合に、音声のみによる提示方法、テキストのみによる提示方法、静止画を含む提示方法、又は、動画を含む提示方法をそれぞれどの程度の割合で利用するかが把握される。 The tendency of the article presentation method preferred by the noticed user is grasped according to the type of the client 12 used by this presentation method frequency. For example, when the user of interest uses a smartphone, the percentage of the presentation method using only sound, the presentation method using only text, the presentation method including a still image, or the presentation method including a moving image is used. Is grasped.
 なお、学習部162が提示方法頻度の集計を行うコンテクストは、クライアント12の種類に限定されるものではなく、任意の種類のコンテクストを用いることが可能である。例えば、学習部162は、曜日、時間帯、場所、又は、注目ユーザの行動等毎に提示方法頻度の集計を行うことが可能である。このとき、学習部162は、2種類以上のコンテクストについて、それぞれ提示方法頻度を集計することも可能である。 Note that the context in which the learning unit 162 aggregates the presentation method frequency is not limited to the type of the client 12, and any type of context can be used. For example, the learning unit 162 can tabulate the presentation method frequency for each day of the week, time zone, place, or behavior of the user of interest. At this time, the learning unit 162 can also total the presentation method frequencies for two or more types of contexts.
 また、学習部162は、2種類以上のコンテクストの組み合わせ毎に提示方法頻度を集計することも可能である。例えば、学習部162は、クライアント12の種類、曜日、時間帯、場所、及び、注目ユーザの行動の組み合わせ毎に提示方法頻度を集計することができる。これにより、例えば、注目ユーザが平日の朝に電車内で立ってスマートフォンを使用している場合に、音声のみによる提示方法、テキストのみによる提示方法、静止画を含む提示方法、及び、動画を含む提示方法をそれぞれどの程度の割合で利用するかが把握される。 Also, the learning unit 162 can count the presentation method frequency for each combination of two or more contexts. For example, the learning unit 162 can total the presentation method frequency for each combination of the type of the client 12, the day of the week, the time zone, the place, and the action of the user of interest. Thus, for example, when a focused user stands on a train on a weekday morning and uses a smartphone, a presentation method using only voice, a presentation method using only text, a presentation method including a still image, and a moving image are included. It is grasped how much each presentation method is used.
 なお、提示方法頻度の集計期間は、任意の期間に設定することができる。例えば、提示方法頻度の集計期間は、これまで注目ユーザが検索・推薦サービスを利用した全期間、又は、直前の所定の期間(例えば、1週間、1か月、1年等)に設定される。 In addition, the aggregation period of the presentation method frequency can be set to any period. For example, the total period of the presentation method frequency is set to the entire period in which the user of interest has used the search / recommendation service or a predetermined period immediately before (for example, one week, one month, one year, etc.). .
 学習部162は、注目ユーザのWPV及びTPV、トピック頻度の集計結果、情報探索度及び総合探索度の計算結果、並びに、提示方法頻度の集計結果を、管理部181を介して記憶部185に記憶させる。 The learning unit 162 stores the WPV and TPV of the user of interest, the topic frequency tabulation result, the information search degree and the total search degree calculation result, and the presentation method frequency tabulation result in the storage unit 185 via the management unit 181. Let
 その後、処理はステップS115に進む。 Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S115.
 一方、ステップS113において、ユーザの嗜好を学習しないと判定された場合、ステップS114の処理はスキップされ、処理はステップS115に進む。 On the other hand, if it is determined in step S113 that the user's preference is not learned, the process of step S114 is skipped, and the process proceeds to step S115.
 ステップS115において、クライアント12の情報提示モジュール201の制御部212は、情報の提示を終了するか否かを判定する。例えば、制御部212は、ステップS102の処理で取得したユーザの操作内容が、検索・推薦サービスを終了させる操作でない場合、情報の提示を継続すると判定し、処理はステップS101に戻る。 In step S115, the control unit 212 of the information presentation module 201 of the client 12 determines whether or not to end the presentation of information. For example, if the user operation content acquired in the process of step S102 is not an operation for terminating the search / recommendation service, the control unit 212 determines to continue presenting information, and the process returns to step S101.
 その後、ステップS115において、情報の提示を終了すると判定されるまで、ステップS101乃至S115の処理が繰り返し実行される。 Thereafter, the processes in steps S101 to S115 are repeatedly executed until it is determined in step S115 that the presentation of information is finished.
 一方、ステップS115において、クライアント12の情報提示モジュール201の制御部212は、例えば、ステップS102の処理で取得したユーザの操作内容が、検索・推薦サービスを終了させる操作である場合、情報の提示を終了すると判定する。その後、処理はステップS116に進む。 On the other hand, in step S115, the control unit 212 of the information presentation module 201 of the client 12 presents information when, for example, the user operation content acquired in the process of step S102 is an operation for terminating the search / recommendation service. Determine to end. Thereafter, the process proceeds to step S116.
 ステップS116において、クライアント12は、情報の提示を終了する。例えば、クライアント12の情報提示モジュール201の制御部212は、検索・推薦サービスAPPの実行を終了する。 In step S116, the client 12 ends the presentation of information. For example, the control unit 212 of the information presentation module 201 of the client 12 ends the execution of the search / recommendation service APP.
 その後、情報提示処理は終了する。 After that, the information presentation process ends.
 以上のようにして、ユーザの嗜好及びコンテクストに応じて、適切な記事が適切な方法で提示される。これにより、例えば、ユーザは、自分の姿勢や周囲の状況に適した方法で、周囲に迷惑をかけることなく、自分の興味のある情報を迅速に得ることができる。 As described above, an appropriate article is presented in an appropriate manner according to the user's preference and context. Accordingly, for example, the user can quickly obtain information of interest to the user without causing trouble to the surroundings by a method suitable for the user's posture and surrounding circumstances.
 また、ユーザの嗜好や知識に応じた質及び量の記事が提示されるので、記事に対する理解度や納得感が高まり、ユーザの満足度が向上する。 Also, since articles of quality and quantity according to the user's preference and knowledge are presented, the degree of understanding and persuasion of the articles increases, and the satisfaction of the users improves.
 さらに、一緒にいる人に応じて提示される記事が選別されるので、パーソナルな嗜好とパブリックな嗜好とに分けて記事を提示することができる。これにより他人に知られたくない情報が漏れるのを防止したり、ユーザと一緒にいる人の満足度を高めたりすることができる。 Furthermore, since articles to be presented are selected according to the person who is with them, it is possible to present articles separately for personal preference and public preference. As a result, it is possible to prevent leakage of information that is not desired to be known to other people, and to increase the satisfaction level of people who are with the user.
 また、RSS、SNS、ネットコンテンツなどの情報サービスにアクセスする際に、ユーザの嗜好との合致度や習慣だけでなく、情報の広さ、深さ、新しさ、及び、人気度の多視点に基づいて記事が推薦される。これにより、ユーザが短時間で効率的に情報収集することが可能になる。 In addition, when accessing information services such as RSS, SNS, and net contents, not only the degree of conformity and customs with the user's taste, but also the multiplicity of depth, depth, newness, and popularity of information Articles are recommended based on. As a result, the user can efficiently collect information in a short time.
 さらに、クライアント12の表示サイズや機能に応じた伝達手段が選択されるとともに、提示される記事の情報量や表示サイズ等が適切に調整される。従って、例えば、クライアント12の表示サイズに対して不適切なサイズやクライアント12が対応していない方式で情報が提示されたり、情報量が多すぎて表示速度が低下したりして、ユーザが不自由を感じることが防止される。また、ユーザが所持する複数の種類のクライアント12を連携させて、情報をシームレスに提示することが可能になる。例えば、ユーザが所持する複数の種類のクライアント12に、同じ話題に関する記事を異なる提示方法で同時に提示することができる。また、例えば、ユーザが使用するクライアント12を変更するのに合わせて、同じ話題の記事を異なる提示方法でシームレスに提示することができる。 Further, a transmission means corresponding to the display size and function of the client 12 is selected, and the information amount and display size of the presented article are appropriately adjusted. Therefore, for example, information is presented in an inappropriate size with respect to the display size of the client 12 or a method that the client 12 does not support, or the display speed is reduced due to an excessive amount of information. Feeling free is prevented. In addition, it is possible to seamlessly present information by linking a plurality of types of clients 12 possessed by the user. For example, articles related to the same topic can be simultaneously presented to different types of clients 12 owned by the user using different presentation methods. Further, for example, as the client 12 used by the user is changed, articles on the same topic can be seamlessly presented by different presentation methods.
 また、ユーザの行動等によって時々刻々と変わるコンテクストに対応して、提示する記事の内容や提示方法を最適化することによって、ウェアラブル端末、携帯端末等を利用したインタラクティブ性の高い情報配信サービスが実現される。 In addition, by optimizing the content and presentation method of articles to be presented in response to contexts that change from moment to moment depending on user behavior, a highly interactive information delivery service using wearable devices, mobile devices, etc. is realized. Is done.
 ここで、注目ユーザであるAさんが検索・推薦サービスを利用する場合をシミュレーションした例について説明する。 Here, an example of simulating the case where Mr. A who is an attention user uses the search / recommendation service will be described.
 例えば、Aさんの自宅の壁掛けディスプレイに図10の画面451が表示され、画面451内にニュースが表示されている。このとき、Aさんが子供と一緒にいる間は、エンターテイメント系の記事が提示される。その後、子供が学校に行き、Aさんが1人になると、経済系の記事に切り替わる。 For example, the screen 451 of FIG. 10 is displayed on the wall-mounted display of Mr. A's home, and news is displayed in the screen 451. At this time, while Mr. A is with the child, an entertainment article is presented. After that, when the child goes to school and Mr. A becomes one person, it switches to an economic article.
 次に、Aさんは、通勤中の電車内で関心のある経済系の記事の続きをチェックしている。このとき、電車が混んでいてAさんが立っている間は、Aさんが装着しているウェアラブルデバイスから音声により経済系の記事が読み上げられる。その後、Aさんが座席に座ると、Aさんが持っているスマートフォンにテキストと静止画を用いて経済系の記事が表示される。さらに、電車が空いてくると、周囲の迷惑にならないので、スマートフォンにおいて、経済系の動画ニュースの再生が開始される。 Next, Mr. A is checking the continuation of an article of an economic system that he is interested in on the train while commuting. At this time, while the train is crowded and Mr. A stands, an economic article is read out by voice from the wearable device worn by Mr. A. After that, when Mr. A sits in the seat, an economic article is displayed on the smartphone that Mr. A has using text and still images. Furthermore, when the train is free, the surroundings are not disturbed, so the playback of economic video news is started on the smartphone.
 次に、Aさんは、会社の昼休みに通勤中に気になったIT業界のS社の買収関連のニュースの続きをパーソナルコンピュータでチェックしている。このとき、Aさんは保有するS社の株価をよくチェックしているので、S社の株価情報を示す記事が自動的に表示される。また、Aさんは、業務的に関連があるので、S社の買収関連の記事のURLをメールで知財部のBさんに送付する。Bさんは、IT業界の動向に関心があり、日常的にIT業界に関する記事をチェックしているので、Aさんから教えられたURLのウエブサイトにアクセスしたとき、買収の背景や業界への影響に関する詳細記事が推薦される。これにより、Bさんは、その詳細記事にすぐにアクセスすることが可能になる。 Next, Mr. A is checking the continuation of the news related to the acquisition of Company S in the IT industry that he was worried about during his company lunch break on his personal computer. At this time, since Mr. A often checks the stock price of the company S, the article showing the stock price information of the company S is automatically displayed. Also, Mr. A sends a URL of an article related to acquisition of Company S to Mr. B of the Intellectual Property Department by e-mail because he is business-related. Mr. B is interested in trends in the IT industry and regularly checks articles about the IT industry, so when accessing the website of the URL taught by Mr. A, the background of the acquisition and the impact on the industry A detailed article on is recommended. As a result, Mr. B can immediately access the detailed article.
 次に、Aさんは、帰宅後にタブレットの利用を開始する。Aさんは、普段夜にスポーツニュースをチェックしているので、S社がスポンサーになっているサッカー大会の記事が表示される。タブレットには、例えば上述した図9のように、記事の全文、サムネイル画像、及び、試合のダイジェストの動画プレイヤーが表示される。さらに、時間が十分にあるので、上述した図11のように、Aさんに各情報探索度に基づく記事が推薦される。そして、Aさんは、例えば、最初の記事から始まって、サッカーの話題をより深くチェックしたり、その日のニュース全体を広くチェックしたり、新しさや人気度を確認しながら各記事をチェックしたりすることができる。 Next, Mr. A starts using the tablet after returning home. Since Mr. A usually checks sports news at night, an article about a soccer tournament sponsored by Company S is displayed. For example, as shown in FIG. 9 described above, the full text of the article, the thumbnail image, and the video player of the game digest are displayed on the tablet. Furthermore, since there is sufficient time, an article based on each information search degree is recommended to Mr. A as shown in FIG. And Mr. A, for example, starts with the first article, checks the topic of soccer more deeply, checks the entire news of the day widely, and checks each article while checking the newness and popularity can do.
<2.変形例>
 以下、上述した本技術の実施の形態の変形例について説明する。
<2. Modification>
Hereinafter, modifications of the above-described embodiment of the present technology will be described.
{コンテクストの分類方法に関する変形例}
 例えば、ユーザ毎にコンテクストの分類方法を変えるようにしてもよい。
{Variant related to context classification method}
For example, the context classification method may be changed for each user.
 例えば、以下のように、コンテクストの1つである時間帯の区分をユーザ毎に調整することが可能である。例えば、学習部162は、区分Aと区分Bの2種類の区分で1日の時間帯を分割する。区分Aでは、1日が時間帯A1(0時~6時)、時間帯A2(6時~12時)、時間帯A3(12時~18時)、及び、時間帯A4(18時~24時)に分割される。区分Bでは、1日が時間帯B1(0時~4時)、時間帯B2(4時~8時)、時間帯B3(8時~12時)、時間帯B4(12時~16時)、時間帯B5(16時~20時)、及び、時間帯B6(20時~24時)に分割される。 For example, as shown below, it is possible to adjust the time zone classification, which is one of the contexts, for each user. For example, the learning unit 162 divides the time period of one day into two types of sections, section A and section B. In category A, one day is time zone A1 (0 to 6 o'clock), time zone A2 (6 o'clock to 12 o'clock), time zone A3 (12 o'clock to 18 o'clock), and time zone A4 (18 o'clock to 24 o'clock). Time). In Category B, one day is time zone B1 (0 o'clock to 4 o'clock), time zone B2 (4 o'clock to 8 o'clock), time zone B3 (8 o'clock to 12 o'clock), time zone B4 (12 o'clock to 16 o'clock) , And is divided into a time zone B5 (16:00 to 20:00) and a time zone B6 (20:00 to 24:00).
 そして、学習部162は、注目ユーザに提示した時間帯毎に各ユーザ反応記事のトピックベクトルを加算することにより、注目ユーザの各時間帯におけるTPVを生成する。以下、時間帯A1乃至A4における注目ユーザのTPVをTPVa1乃至TPVa4と称し、時間帯B1乃至B6における注目ユーザのTPVをTPVb1乃至TPVb6と称する。 Then, the learning unit 162 generates a TPV in each time zone of the user of interest by adding the topic vector of each user reaction article for each time zone presented to the user of interest. Hereinafter, the TPV of the target user in the time periods A1 to A4 is referred to as TPVa1 to TPVa4, and the TPV of the target user in the time periods B1 to B6 is referred to as TPVb1 to TPVb6.
 次に、学習部162は、TPVa1乃至TPVa4の各TPV間の距離(6通り)の平均値AVGaを算出し、TPVb1乃至TPVb6の各TPV間の距離(15通り)の平均値AVGbを算出する。そして、学習部162は、平均値AVGaと平均値AVGbを比較して、平均値が大きい方の区分を、注目ユーザに対する時間帯の区分に採用する。すなわち、平均値が大きい方の時間帯の区分の方が、注目ユーザの嗜好をより詳細に分離できているため、平均値の大きい方の時間帯の区分が採用される。 Next, the learning unit 162 calculates an average value AVGa of the distances (6 types) between the TPVs TPVa1 to TPVa4, and calculates an average value AVGb of the distances (15 types) between the TPVs of TPVb1 to TPVb6. Then, the learning unit 162 compares the average value AVGa and the average value AVGb, and adopts the category having the larger average value as the time zone category for the user of interest. That is, the time zone with the larger average value can separate the preference of the user of interest in more detail, and therefore the time zone with the larger average value is adopted.
 同様の方法により、例えば、ユーザのいる場所、ユーザの行動等の分類方法もユーザ毎に調整することが可能である。また、例えば、TPVの代わりにWPVを用いたり、TPVとWPVの両方を用いたりしてもよい。 By the same method, for example, it is possible to adjust the classification method such as the location of the user and the user's behavior for each user. For example, WPV may be used instead of TPV, or both TPV and WPV may be used.
 また、コンテクストの種類は、容易に追加したり、減らしたりすることができる。例えば、曜日、時間帯、ユーザがいる場所、ユーザの行動の組み合わせによりユーザのコンテクストを分類している場合に、さらにユーザの感情(例えば、喜、怒、哀、楽)を追加するときについて説明する。 Context types can be easily added or reduced. For example, when the user's context is classified by the combination of the day of the week, the time of day, the place where the user is, and the user's action, explanation will be given for adding a user's emotion (for example, joy, anger, sorrow, comfort). To do.
 例えば、学習部162は、注目ユーザが喜んでいる場合に提示した記事、怒っている場合に提示した記事、悲しんでいる場合に提示した記事、又は、楽しんでいる場合に提示した記事にユーザ反応記事を分類する。そして、学習部162は、分類したグループ毎に各ユーザ反応記事の単語ベクトル及びトピックベクトルをそれぞれ加算することによりWPV及びTPVを生成する。これにより、注目ユーザが喜んでいる場合のWPV及びTPV、怒っている場合のWPV及びTPV、悲しんでいる場合のWPV及びTPV、並びに、楽しんでいる場合のWPV及びTPVが生成される。そして、学習部162は、統合WPV及び統合TPVの生成時に、新たに生成したWPV及びTPVを追加して加算する。その結果、注目ユーザの感情がコンテクストに追加される。 For example, the learning unit 162 may respond to an article presented when the attention user is happy, an article presented when angry, an article presented when sad, or an article presented when enjoying. Categorize articles. And the learning part 162 produces | generates WPV and TPV by adding the word vector and topic vector of each user reaction article for every classified group, respectively. Thereby, WPV and TPV when the user of interest is pleased, WPV and TPV when angry, WPV and TPV when sad, and WPV and TPV when enjoying are generated. Then, the learning unit 162 adds and adds the newly generated WPV and TPV when generating the integrated WPV and the integrated TPV. As a result, the emotion of the user of interest is added to the context.
 逆に、コンテクストの種類を削減する場合、例えば、学習部162は、統合WPV及び統合TPVの生成時に、削減する種類のコンテクストのWPV及びTPVを加算しないようにすればよい。 Conversely, when reducing the type of context, for example, the learning unit 162 may not add the WPV and TPV of the type of context to be reduced when generating the integrated WPV and the integrated TPV.
 さらに、コンテクスト解析部233は、例えば、同じ種類のコンテクストを、異なる方法で分類したり、階層構造を用いて分類したりすることが可能である。 Furthermore, the context analysis unit 233 can classify, for example, the same type of contexts using different methods or a hierarchical structure.
 例えば、コンテクスト解析部233は、解析に用いるデータや情報の種類により、場所に関するコンテクストを異なる方法で分類することが可能である。例えば、コンテクスト解析部233は、各種のセンサからのデータ等に基づいて、注目ユーザのいる場所を、自宅、通勤中、職場、帰宅中、外出中等に分類することができる。また、コンテクスト解析部233は、例えば、POIデータに基づいて、注目ユーザのいる場所を、オフィス、繁華街、公園、スタジアム等に分類することができる。 For example, the context analysis unit 233 can classify the contexts related to places in different ways depending on the types of data and information used for analysis. For example, the context analysis unit 233 can classify the location of the user of interest as home, commuting, work, going home, or going out based on data from various sensors. In addition, the context analysis unit 233 can classify the location where the user of interest is located into an office, a downtown area, a park, a stadium, or the like based on POI data, for example.
 また、例えば、コンテクスト解析部233は、各種のセンサからのデータ等に基づいて、注目ユーザの行動を低次の行動と高次の行動に分類することが可能である。低次の行動には、例えば、静止、歩行中、ランニング中、エレベータに搭乗中、電車に乗車中、バスに乗車中、車に乗車中、自転車を運転中等が含まれる。高次の行動には、例えば、食事中、睡眠中、会話中、スポーツのプレイ中等が含まれる。なお、スポーツのプレイ中は、スポーツの種別によりさらに詳細に分類される。 Also, for example, the context analysis unit 233 can classify the action of the user of interest into low-order actions and high-order actions based on data from various sensors. Low-order actions include, for example, resting, walking, running, boarding an elevator, boarding a train, boarding a bus, boarding a car, driving a bicycle, and the like. Higher-order actions include, for example, during meals, during sleep, during conversation, and during sports play. During sports play, it is further classified according to the type of sport.
{推薦方法に関する変形例}
 例えば、推薦部172は、閲覧対象記事ではなく、検索部171により検索された検索記事の中から推薦記事を選択するようにしてもよい。
{Variation regarding recommendation method}
For example, the recommendation unit 172 may select a recommended article from the search articles searched by the search unit 171 instead of the browsing target article.
 また、例えば、推薦部172は、情報探索度の各観点に基づく推薦記事を、ユーザが嗜好する記事(嗜好推薦記事)以外の記事の中から選択するようにしてもよい。 Further, for example, the recommendation unit 172 may select a recommended article based on each viewpoint of the information search degree from articles other than an article that the user likes (preference recommendation article).
 さらに、注目ユーザの検索・推薦サービスの利用回数が少なく、ユーザ反応履歴のデータ量が十分でない場合、例えば、推薦部172は、他のユーザの嗜好に基づいて、注目ユーザに推薦する記事を選択するようにしてもよい。例えば、推薦部172は、全ユーザのWPV及びTPVの平均値、又は、注目ユーザと類似するユーザのWPV及びTPVの平均値を用いて、注目ユーザに推薦する記事を選択するようにしてもよい。 In addition, when the number of times the user's search / recommendation service is used is small and the data amount of the user reaction history is not sufficient, for example, the recommendation unit 172 selects an article recommended for the user of interest based on other users' preferences. You may make it do. For example, the recommendation unit 172 may select an article recommended for the target user using the average value of WPV and TPV of all users or the average value of WPV and TPV of a user similar to the target user. .
 また、ある種類のコンテクストにおける注目ユーザのユーザ反応履歴のデータ量が十分でなく、当該コンテクストにおけるWPV及びTPVの信頼性が低い場合、例えば、推薦部172は、別の種類のコンテクストにおけるWPV及びTPVを代わりに用いるようにしてもよい。例えば、注目ユーザの休日のユーザ反応履歴のデータ量が十分でなく、休日のWPV及びTPVの信頼性が低い場合、推薦部172は、注目ユーザの朝、昼及び夜におけるWPV及びTPVを代わりに用いるようにしてもよい。 In addition, when the data amount of the user reaction history of the user of interest in a certain type of context is not sufficient and the reliability of the WPV and TPV in the context is low, for example, the recommendation unit 172 includes the WPV and TPV in another type of context. May be used instead. For example, when the data amount of the user reaction history of the noticed user's holiday is not sufficient and the reliability of the holiday WPV and TPV is low, the recommendation unit 172 uses the WPV and TPV of the noticed user in the morning, noon, and night instead. You may make it use.
 或いは、学習部162は、コンテクストを分類する粒度を変更するようにしてもよい。例えば、市町村を基準に場所が分類され、現在注目ユーザがいる市町村ベースの場所におけるユーザ反応履歴のデータ量が十分でない場合、例えば、学習部162は、都道府県により場所を再分類し、現在注目ユーザがいる都道府県ベースの場所におけるユーザ反応履歴に基づいて、WPV及びTPVを計算するようにしてもよい。 Alternatively, the learning unit 162 may change the granularity for classifying the context. For example, if a place is classified based on a municipality, and the amount of user reaction history data is not sufficient in a municipality-based place where a currently interested user is present, for example, the learning unit 162 reclassifies the place by prefecture, You may make it calculate WPV and TPV based on the user reaction history in the place of the prefecture base where the user exists.
{嗜好学習に関する変形例}
 例えば、サーバ11は、ユーザに推薦記事を提示する場合に推薦理由を提示するとともに、ユーザによる推薦理由の選択結果を、ユーザの嗜好学習に反映するようにしてもよい。
{Variation related to preference learning}
For example, the server 11 may present the recommendation reason when presenting the recommended article to the user, and reflect the selection result of the recommendation reason by the user in the user preference learning.
 例えば、提示制御部182は、注目ユーザのコンテクストに基づく推薦理由である「平日」「朝」「乗り物内」及び「立っている」を注目ユーザが選択できるように提示する。一方、推薦部172は、最初は、注目ユーザの平日のWPV、朝のWPV、乗り物内におけるWPV、及び、立っている場合のWPVを同じ比率で加算することにより、統合WPVを生成する。その後、推薦部172は、注目ユーザの各推薦理由の選択回数に応じた重みをつけてWPVを加算することにより、統合WPVを生成する。例えば、注目ユーザが「乗り物内」を選択する回数が最も多い場合、推薦部172は、統合WPVの生成時に、乗り物内におけるWPVに対する重みを最も大きくして加算する。以上は統合TPVについても同様である。 For example, the presentation control unit 182 presents so that the attention user can select “Weekday”, “Morning”, “Inside the vehicle”, and “Standing” that are the reasons for recommendation based on the context of the attention user. On the other hand, the recommendation unit 172 first generates an integrated WPV by adding the WPV of the target user on weekdays, the WPV in the morning, the WPV in the vehicle, and the WPV when standing at the same ratio. Thereafter, the recommendation unit 172 generates an integrated WPV by adding a weight according to the number of selections of each recommendation reason of the user of interest and adding the WPV. For example, when the attention user selects “inside the vehicle” most frequently, the recommendation unit 172 increases the weight for the WPV in the vehicle and adds the weight when the integrated WPV is generated. The same applies to the integrated TPV.
 また、例えば、提示制御部182は、注目ユーザのコンテクストに基づく推薦理由である「自宅」及び「子供」を注目ユーザが選択できるように提示する。一方、推薦部172は、最初は、注目ユーザの自宅におけるWPV、及び、子供といる場合のWPVを同じ比率で加算することにより、統合WPVを生成する。その後、推薦部172は、注目ユーザの各推薦理由の選択回数に応じた重みをつけてWPVを加算することにより、統合WPVを生成する。例えば、注目ユーザが「子供」を選択する回数が最も多い場合、推薦部172は、統合WPVの生成時に、子供といる場合のWPVに対する重みを最も大きくして加算する。以上は統合TPVについても同様である。 Also, for example, the presentation control unit 182 presents the “home” and “children”, which are the reasons for recommendation based on the context of the focused user, so that the focused user can select. On the other hand, the recommendation unit 172 first generates an integrated WPV by adding the WPV at the home of the user of interest and the WPV in the case of being with a child at the same ratio. Thereafter, the recommendation unit 172 generates an integrated WPV by adding a weight according to the number of selections of each recommendation reason of the user of interest and adding the WPV. For example, when the noticed user selects the “kid” most frequently, the recommendation unit 172 adds the largest weight to the WPV when the user is a child when generating the integrated WPV. The same applies to the integrated TPV.
 さらに、例えば、提示制御部182は、推薦理由として「買収」「投資」「市場」等の各トピックの代表的なキーワードを、注目ユーザが選択できるように提示する。各トピックの代表的なキーワードとは、例えば、上述した式(3)における生起確率p(wi|zk)が高い単語wiのことである。一方、学習部162は、注目ユーザがキーワードを選択した場合、選択したキーワードに対応するトピックのトピック頻度を加算する。これにより、注目ユーザが選択したキーワードに対応するトピックの記事がより注目ユーザに提示されやすくなる。 Furthermore, for example, the presentation control unit 182 presents representative keywords of each topic such as “acquisition”, “investment”, and “market” as a recommendation reason so that the user of interest can select. The representative keyword of each topic is, for example, a word w i having a high occurrence probability p (w i | z k ) in the above-described equation (3). On the other hand, when the focused user selects a keyword, the learning unit 162 adds topic frequencies of topics corresponding to the selected keyword. This makes it easier for an attention user to be presented with an article on a topic corresponding to the keyword selected by the attention user.
 また、例えば、提示制御部182は、最初は、広さ推薦記事、深さ推薦記事、新しさ推薦記事、及び、人気推薦記事を同じ比率で注目ユーザに提示する。そして、学習部162は、情報探索度の各観点に基づいて推薦した記事に対してポジティブな反応を示した回数を個別に集計する。そして、提示制御部182は、注目ユーザがポジティブな反応を示した回数が多い観点に基づく記事をより多く注目ユーザに提示するように制御するようにしてもよい。 Also, for example, the presentation control unit 182 first presents the size recommendation article, the depth recommendation article, the novelty recommendation article, and the popularity recommendation article to the attention user at the same ratio. Then, the learning unit 162 individually counts the number of times of positive reaction to articles recommended based on each viewpoint of the information search degree. Then, the presentation control unit 182 may perform control so as to present more articles to the attention user based on the viewpoint in which the attention user has shown a positive response many times.
 さらに、以上の説明では、ユーザと一緒にいる人に応じて、提示する記事や提示方法を制御する例を示したが、一緒にいる人のユーザとの関係(例えば、ユーザの妻、子供等)は、必ずしも必要な情報ではない。例えば、顔認識技術では、各個人を識別することは可能であるが、各個人間の関係まで検出することはできない。しかし、一緒にいる人のユーザとの関係が分からなくても、ユーザがその人と一緒にいる場合の嗜好を学習することは可能である。 Furthermore, in the above description, the example of controlling the article to be presented and the presentation method according to the person who is with the user has been shown, but the relationship with the user of the person who is together (for example, the user's wife, child, etc.) ) Is not necessarily necessary information. For example, in the face recognition technology, it is possible to identify each individual, but it is not possible to detect the relationship between each individual. However, even if the relationship with the user of the person who is together is not known, it is possible to learn the preference when the user is with the person.
 また、ユーザと一緒にいる人を属性等(例えば、性別、年齢等)に基づいて複数のグループに分類し、ユーザが一緒にいる人が属するグループに応じて、提示する記事や提示方法を変更するようにしてもよい。例えば、ユーザが一緒にいる人を男性と女性に分け、ユーザが一人でいる場合、ユーザが男性といる場合、又は、ユーザが女性といる場合で、提示する記事や提示方法を変更するようにしてもよい。 Also, people who are with the user are classified into multiple groups based on attributes, etc. (for example, gender, age, etc.), and the articles and presentation methods to be presented are changed according to the group to which the user is with the user. You may make it do. For example, if the user is together with a man and a woman and the user is alone, the user is a man, or the user is a woman, the article to be presented and the presentation method are changed. May be.
 さらに、例えば、ユーザが一緒にいる人の人数に応じて、提示する記事や提示方法を変更するようにしてもよい。 Further, for example, the article to be presented and the presentation method may be changed according to the number of people with whom the user is together.
 また、推薦部172は、注目ユーザの嗜好を考慮せずに、注目ユーザのコンテクストのみに基づいて推薦する記事を選択するようにすることも可能である。 In addition, the recommendation unit 172 can select an article to be recommended based only on the context of the focused user without considering the preference of the focused user.
{トピック頻度の集計方法に関する変形例}
 以上の説明では、学習部162は、ユーザがポジティブな反応を示した記事のみを対象にしてトピック頻度の集計を行ったが、ユーザがネガティブな反応を示した記事も対象に含めるようにしてもよい。すなわち、学習部162は、ユーザが反応を示した全ての記事を対象にしてトピック頻度の集計を行うようにしてもよい。或いは、例えば、学習部162は、ユーザが所定の反応を示した記事のみを対象にしてトピック頻度の集計を行うようにしてもよい。
{Variations regarding topic frequency counting method}
In the above description, the learning unit 162 aggregates topic frequencies only for articles for which the user has shown a positive response. However, the learning unit 162 may also include articles for which the user has given a negative reaction. Good. In other words, the learning unit 162 may perform topic frequency aggregation for all articles for which the user has responded. Alternatively, for example, the learning unit 162 may aggregate topic frequencies only for articles for which the user has given a predetermined response.
 また、学習部162は、例えば、トピック頻度の集計を行う場合に、反応の種類に応じて重み付け加算するようにしてもよい。例えば、学習部162は、ユーザが実際に記事にアクセスしたか、又は、ユーザが良い評価を与えたか等により異なる重みをつけるようにしてもよい。さらに、例えば、学習部162は、ユーザがポジティブな反応を示した場合には、トピック頻度を加算し、ユーザがネガティブな反応を示した場合には、トピック頻度を減算するようにしてもよい。 Further, for example, when the topic frequency is aggregated, the learning unit 162 may perform weighted addition according to the type of reaction. For example, the learning unit 162 may assign different weights depending on whether the user actually accessed the article or whether the user gave a good evaluation. Further, for example, the learning unit 162 may add the topic frequency when the user shows a positive response, and subtract the topic frequency when the user shows a negative response.
{提示方法に関する変形例}
 記事の提示方法は、上述した例に限定されるものではなく、視覚的又は聴覚的に様々な方法で提示することが可能である。
{Variation regarding presentation method}
The article presentation method is not limited to the example described above, and can be presented visually or audibly in various ways.
 また、例えば、クライアント12において記事の提示を行うだけでなく、クライアント12から他の装置(例えば、携帯情報端末やウェアラブルデバイス等)に記事を転送して、他の装置が、転送された記事を提示するようにすることも可能である。 Further, for example, not only the article is presented in the client 12, but also the article is transferred from the client 12 to another device (for example, a portable information terminal, a wearable device, etc.), and the other device transmits the transferred article. It is also possible to present it.
{提示対象に関する変形例}
 以上の説明では、ユーザに提示する提示対象を記事とする例を示したが、記事以外の情報を提示対象とする場合にも、本技術を適用することが可能である。
{Variation concerning presentation object}
In the above description, an example in which the presentation target to be presented to the user is an article has been shown, but the present technology can also be applied when information other than an article is to be presented.
 なお、動画、画像、音声等のテキスト情報以外の情報(以下、非テキスト情報と称する)を提示対象とする場合、例えば、クラスタリング部102は、非テキスト情報に関連するテキスト情報に基づいて、上述した潜在トピックモデル用いて、各非テキスト情報を複数のクラスタに分類することができる。この場合、例えば、非テキスト情報のメタデータ(例えば、タイトル、アーティスト、出演者、ジャンル、生成場所、生成日時等)、非テキスト情報に関する評論文、感想文、記事等に含まれるテキスト情報に基づいて、クラスタリングが行われる。 Note that when information other than text information (hereinafter referred to as non-text information) such as moving images, images, and sounds is to be presented, for example, the clustering unit 102 is based on the text information related to the non-text information. Each non-text information can be classified into a plurality of clusters by using the latent topic model. In this case, for example, based on text information included in metadata of non-text information (for example, title, artist, performer, genre, generation location, generation date, etc.), review papers, impressions, articles, etc. regarding non-text information. Thus, clustering is performed.
 また、例えば、クラスタリング部102は、非テキスト情報の属性や、非テキスト情報自身の特徴量(例えば、動画、画像、音声等の特徴量)に基づいて、非テキスト情報を複数のクラスタに分類することができる。例えば、クラスタリング部102は、楽曲データの特徴量に基づいて、楽曲データを複数のクラスタ(例えば、ジャンル)に分類することが可能である。 Further, for example, the clustering unit 102 classifies the non-text information into a plurality of clusters based on the attribute of the non-text information and the feature amount of the non-text information itself (for example, the feature amount of moving images, images, sounds, etc.). be able to. For example, the clustering unit 102 can classify the music data into a plurality of clusters (for example, genres) based on the feature amount of the music data.
 さらに、本技術は、例えば、商品、行動、場所、人等に関する情報を提示する場合にも適用することができる。なお、商品等についても、上述したように、関連するテキスト情報や、商品等自身の特徴量に基づいて、クラスタリングが行われる。 Furthermore, the present technology can also be applied to, for example, presenting information on products, actions, places, people, and the like. As described above, the product is also clustered based on the related text information and the feature amount of the product itself.
 また、本技術においては、上述した潜在トピックモデル以外の任意のクラスタリング手法を採用することも可能である。さらに、例えば、本技術に採用するクラスタリング手法は、階層的手法であってもよいし、非階層的手法であってもよい。また、例えば、本技術に採用するクラスタリング手法は、ソフトクラスタリングであってもよいし、ハードクラスタリングであってもよい。或いは、人がマニュアルで提示対象のクラスタリングを行うようにしてもよい。 In addition, in the present technology, any clustering method other than the above-described latent topic model can be adopted. Furthermore, for example, the clustering method employed in the present technology may be a hierarchical method or a non-hierarchical method. For example, the clustering method employed in the present technology may be soft clustering or hard clustering. Or you may make it a person perform clustering of a presentation object by a manual.
{機能分担等に関する変形例}
 上述したサーバ11とクライアント12の機能の分担は、その一例であり、任意に変更することが可能である。
{Variation regarding function sharing}
The above-described sharing of functions between the server 11 and the client 12 is an example, and can be arbitrarily changed.
 例えば、情報個人化モジュール115の全部又は一部の機能をクライアント12に設けてもよい。 For example, all or part of the functions of the information personalization module 115 may be provided in the client 12.
 また、例えば、反応検出モジュール202の全部又は一部の機能をサーバ11に設けてもよい。例えば、反応解析部223の機能をサーバ11に設け、サーバ11が、クライアント12で収集された情報及びデータに基づいて、各ユーザの反応を解析するようにしてもよい。 Further, for example, all or part of the functions of the reaction detection module 202 may be provided in the server 11. For example, the function of the reaction analysis unit 223 may be provided in the server 11, and the server 11 may analyze each user's reaction based on information and data collected by the client 12.
 さらに、例えば、コンテクスト解析モジュール203の全部又は一部の機能をサーバ11に設けてもよい。例えば、コンテクスト解析部233の機能をサーバ11に設け、サーバ11が、クライアント12で収集された情報及びデータに基づいて、各ユーザのコンテクストを解析するようにしてもよい。また、サーバ11が、各ユーザのコンテクストに関するデータの一部を検出するようにしてもよい。 Furthermore, for example, all or part of the functions of the context analysis module 203 may be provided in the server 11. For example, the function of the context analysis unit 233 may be provided in the server 11, and the server 11 may analyze the context of each user based on information and data collected by the client 12. Further, the server 11 may detect a part of data regarding the context of each user.
 また、例えば、情報個人化モジュール115の機能の全部又は一部を、クライアント12に設け、クライアント12が、ユーザの嗜好の学習等を行うようにしてもよい。 Further, for example, all or part of the functions of the information personalization module 115 may be provided in the client 12 so that the client 12 learns the user's preferences.
 さらに、例えば、学習部162をサーバ11の外部に設け、サーバ11が、ユーザの嗜好の学習結果を外部から取得するようにしてもよい。 Furthermore, for example, the learning unit 162 may be provided outside the server 11, and the server 11 may acquire a learning result of the user's preference from the outside.
 また、例えば、提示制御部182の機能の全部又は一部をクライアント12に設け、クライアント12が、提示方法の選択や制御を行うようにしてもよい。 Further, for example, all or part of the functions of the presentation control unit 182 may be provided in the client 12, and the client 12 may select and control the presentation method.
 さらに、例えば、反応検出モジュール202の検出部222の機能の全部又は一部をクライアント12の外部に設けて、ユーザの反応を示す情報の全部又は一部をクライアント12の外部で検出するようにしてもよい。 Further, for example, all or part of the function of the detection unit 222 of the reaction detection module 202 is provided outside the client 12 so that all or part of information indicating the user's reaction is detected outside the client 12. Also good.
 また、例えば、コンテクスト検出モジュール203の検出部232の機能の全部又は一部をクライアント12の外部に設けて、ユーザのコンテクストに関するデータの全部又は一部をクライアント12の外部で検出するようにしてもよい。 Further, for example, all or part of the function of the detection unit 232 of the context detection module 203 may be provided outside the client 12 so that all or part of the data related to the user's context is detected outside the client 12. Good.
 さらに、例えば、適宜各モジュールを統合したり、分離したりすることも可能である。例えば、複数のモジュールの入力部、表示部、記憶部を、適宜共用することが可能である。 Furthermore, for example, it is possible to integrate or separate the modules as appropriate. For example, the input unit, display unit, and storage unit of a plurality of modules can be shared as appropriate.
 また、例えば、サーバ11の機能を複数のサーバで分担するようにしてもよい。 Further, for example, the function of the server 11 may be shared by a plurality of servers.
 さらに、本技術は、例えば、クライアント12が自ら情報を収集し、クラスタリングする場合にも適用することができる。 Furthermore, the present technology can be applied to, for example, the case where the client 12 collects information by itself and performs clustering.
{コンピュータの構成例}
 上述した一連の処理は、ハードウエアにより実行することもできるし、ソフトウエアにより実行することもできる。一連の処理をソフトウエアにより実行する場合には、そのソフトウエアを構成するプログラムが、コンピュータにインストールされる。ここで、コンピュータには、専用のハードウエアに組み込まれているコンピュータや、各種のプログラムをインストールすることで、各種の機能を実行することが可能な、例えば汎用のパーソナルコンピュータなどが含まれる。
{Example of computer configuration}
The series of processes described above can be executed by hardware or can be executed by software. When a series of processing is executed by software, a program constituting the software is installed in the computer. Here, the computer includes, for example, a general-purpose personal computer capable of executing various functions by installing various programs by installing a computer incorporated in dedicated hardware.
 図12は、上述した一連の処理をプログラムにより実行するコンピュータのハードウエアの構成例を示すブロック図である。 FIG. 12 is a block diagram showing an example of the hardware configuration of a computer that executes the above-described series of processing by a program.
 コンピュータにおいて、CPU(Central Processing Unit)701,ROM(Read Only Memory)702,RAM(Random Access Memory)703は、バス704により相互に接続されている。 In a computer, a CPU (Central Processing Unit) 701, a ROM (Read Only Memory) 702, and a RAM (Random Access Memory) 703 are connected to each other by a bus 704.
 バス704には、さらに、入出力インタフェース705が接続されている。入出力インタフェース705には、入力部706、出力部707、記憶部708、通信部709、及びドライブ710が接続されている。 An input / output interface 705 is further connected to the bus 704. An input unit 706, an output unit 707, a storage unit 708, a communication unit 709, and a drive 710 are connected to the input / output interface 705.
 入力部706は、キーボード、マウス、マイクロフォンなどよりなる。出力部707は、ディスプレイ、スピーカなどよりなる。記憶部708は、ハードディスクや不揮発性のメモリなどよりなる。通信部709は、ネットワークインタフェースなどよりなる。ドライブ710は、磁気ディスク、光ディスク、光磁気ディスク、又は半導体メモリなどのリムーバブルメディア711を駆動する。 The input unit 706 includes a keyboard, a mouse, a microphone, and the like. The output unit 707 includes a display, a speaker, and the like. The storage unit 708 includes a hard disk, a nonvolatile memory, and the like. The communication unit 709 includes a network interface. The drive 710 drives a removable medium 711 such as a magnetic disk, an optical disk, a magneto-optical disk, or a semiconductor memory.
 以上のように構成されるコンピュータでは、CPU701が、例えば、記憶部708に記憶されているプログラムを、入出力インタフェース705及びバス704を介して、RAM703にロードして実行することにより、上述した一連の処理が行われる。 In the computer configured as described above, the CPU 701 loads the program stored in the storage unit 708 to the RAM 703 via the input / output interface 705 and the bus 704 and executes the program, for example. Is performed.
 コンピュータ(CPU701)が実行するプログラムは、例えば、パッケージメディア等としてのリムーバブルメディア711に記録して提供することができる。また、プログラムは、ローカルエリアネットワーク、インターネット、デジタル衛星放送といった、有線または無線の伝送媒体を介して提供することができる。 The program executed by the computer (CPU 701) can be provided by being recorded in, for example, a removable medium 711 as a package medium or the like. The program can be provided via a wired or wireless transmission medium such as a local area network, the Internet, or digital satellite broadcasting.
 コンピュータでは、プログラムは、リムーバブルメディア711をドライブ710に装着することにより、入出力インタフェース705を介して、記憶部708にインストールすることができる。また、プログラムは、有線または無線の伝送媒体を介して、通信部709で受信し、記憶部708にインストールすることができる。その他、プログラムは、ROM702や記憶部708に、あらかじめインストールしておくことができる。 In the computer, the program can be installed in the storage unit 708 via the input / output interface 705 by attaching the removable medium 711 to the drive 710. Further, the program can be received by the communication unit 709 via a wired or wireless transmission medium and installed in the storage unit 708. In addition, the program can be installed in advance in the ROM 702 or the storage unit 708.
 なお、コンピュータが実行するプログラムは、本明細書で説明する順序に沿って時系列に処理が行われるプログラムであっても良いし、並列に、あるいは呼び出しが行われたとき等の必要なタイミングで処理が行われるプログラムであっても良い。 The program executed by the computer may be a program that is processed in time series in the order described in this specification, or in parallel or at a necessary timing such as when a call is made. It may be a program for processing.
 また、本明細書において、システムとは、複数の構成要素(装置、モジュール(部品)等)の集合を意味し、すべての構成要素が同一筐体中にあるか否かは問わない。したがって、別個の筐体に収納され、ネットワークを介して接続されている複数の装置、及び、1つの筐体の中に複数のモジュールが収納されている1つの装置は、いずれも、システムである。 In this specification, the system means a set of a plurality of components (devices, modules (parts), etc.), and it does not matter whether all the components are in the same housing. Accordingly, a plurality of devices housed in separate housings and connected via a network and a single device housing a plurality of modules in one housing are all systems. .
 さらに、本技術の実施の形態は、上述した実施の形態に限定されるものではなく、本技術の要旨を逸脱しない範囲において種々の変更が可能である。 Furthermore, embodiments of the present technology are not limited to the above-described embodiments, and various modifications can be made without departing from the gist of the present technology.
 例えば、本技術は、1つの機能をネットワークを介して複数の装置で分担、共同して処理するクラウドコンピューティングの構成をとることができる。 For example, the present technology can take a cloud computing configuration in which one function is shared by a plurality of devices via a network and is jointly processed.
 また、上述のフローチャートで説明した各ステップは、1つの装置で実行する他、複数の装置で分担して実行することができる。 Further, each step described in the above flowchart can be executed by one device or can be shared by a plurality of devices.
 さらに、1つのステップに複数の処理が含まれる場合には、その1つのステップに含まれる複数の処理は、1つの装置で実行する他、複数の装置で分担して実行することができる。 Further, when a plurality of processes are included in one step, the plurality of processes included in the one step can be executed by being shared by a plurality of apparatuses in addition to being executed by one apparatus.
 また、本明細書に記載された効果はあくまで例示であって限定されるものではなく、他の効果があってもよい。 Further, the effects described in the present specification are merely examples and are not limited, and other effects may be obtained.
 さらに、例えば、本技術は以下のような構成も取ることができる。 Furthermore, for example, the present technology can take the following configurations.
(1)
 ユーザのコンテクストを示す情報を取得するコンテクスト取得部と、
 前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて、前記ユーザに提示する情報である提示情報を選択する選択部と、
 前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて、前記提示情報の提示方法を制御する提示制御部と
 を含む情報処理装置。
(2)
 前記選択部は、前記ユーザのコンテクスト毎の嗜好に基づいて前記提示情報を選択する
 前記(1)に記載の情報処理装置。
(3)
 前記ユーザのコンテクスト毎の嗜好を学習する学習部を
 さらに含む前記(2)に記載の情報処理装置。
(4)
 前記学習部は、ユーザ毎にコンテクストの分類方法を変更して各ユーザの嗜好を学習する
 前記(3)に記載の情報処理装置。
(5)
 前記ユーザのコンテクスト毎に前記提示方法に対する前記ユーザの嗜好を学習する学習部を
 さらに含み、
 前記提示制御部は、前記学習部の学習結果に基づいて前記提示方法を制御する
 前記(1)又は(2)に記載の情報処理装置。
(6)
 前記提示制御部は、前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて、前記提示情報の伝達手段を選択する
 前記(1)乃至(5)のいずれかに記載の情報処理装置。
(7)
 前記伝達手段は、テキスト、静止画、若しくは、動画、若しくは、音声、又は、それらの組み合わせのいずれかである
 前記(6)に記載の情報処理装置。
(8)
 前記ユーザのコンテクストは、時間に関するコンテクスト、場所に関するコンテクスト、及び、前記ユーザの行動に関するコンテクストのうち少なくとも1つを含む
 前記(1)乃至(7)のいずれかに記載の情報処理装置。
(9)
 前記ユーザのコンテクストは、前記ユーザと一緒にいる人を含み、
 前記選択部は、少なくとも前記ユーザと一緒にいる人に基づいて、前記提示情報を選択する
 前記(1)乃至(8)のいずれかに記載の情報処理装置。
(10)
 前記ユーザのコンテクストは、前記ユーザが前記提示情報の提示に用いる装置の種類を含み、
 前記提示制御部は、少なくとも前記装置の種類に基づいて、前記提示方法を制御する
 前記(1)乃至(9)のいずれかに記載の情報処理装置。
(11)
 前記選択部は、前記ユーザに提示した情報のうち前記ユーザが所定の反応を示した情報である反応情報の分布に基づく2以上の観点毎に、前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて前記提示情報を選択する
 前記(1)乃至(10)のいずれかに記載の情報処理装置。
(12)
 前記選択部は、前記反応情報が属するクラスタの範囲の広さに基づく第1の観点、前記反応情報の前記クラスタ毎の分布に基づく第2の観点、前記反応情報の新しさを基準とする分布に基づく第3の観点、及び、前記反応情報の人気度を基準とする分布に基づく第4の観点のうち少なくとも2以上の観点毎に、前記提示情報を選択する
 前記(11)に記載の情報処理装置。
(13)
 前記ユーザのコンテクストを検出するコンテクスト検出部を
 さらに含む前記(1)乃至(12)のいずれかに記載の情報処理装置。
(14)
 ユーザのコンテクストを示す情報を取得するコンテクスト取得ステップと、
 前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて、前記ユーザに提示する情報である提示情報を選択する選択ステップと、
 前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて、前記提示情報の提示方法を制御する提示制御ステップと
 を含む情報処理方法。
(15)
 ユーザのコンテクストを示す情報を取得するコンテクスト取得ステップと、
 前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて、前記ユーザに提示する情報である提示情報を選択する選択ステップと、
 前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて、前記提示情報の提示方法を制御する提示制御ステップと
 を含む処理をコンピュータに実行させるためのプログラム。
(16)
 ユーザのコンテクストを示す情報を取得するコンテクスト取得部と、
 前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて、前記ユーザに提示する情報である提示情報の提示方法を制御する提示制御部と
 を含む情報処理装置。
(17)
 ユーザのコンテクストに関する情報を取得するコンテクスト取得部と、
 前記ユーザのコンテクスト毎の嗜好に基づいて、前記ユーザに提示する情報である提示情報を選択する選択部と
 を含む情報処理装置。
(1)
A context acquisition unit that acquires information indicating the user's context;
A selection unit that selects presentation information that is information to be presented to the user based on the context of the user;
An information processing apparatus comprising: a presentation control unit that controls a method of presenting the presentation information based on the context of the user.
(2)
The information processing apparatus according to (1), wherein the selection unit selects the presentation information based on a preference of the user for each context.
(3)
The information processing apparatus according to (2), further including a learning unit that learns a preference for each context of the user.
(4)
The information processing apparatus according to (3), wherein the learning unit learns each user's preference by changing a context classification method for each user.
(5)
A learning unit that learns the user's preference for the presentation method for each context of the user;
The information processing apparatus according to (1) or (2), wherein the presentation control unit controls the presentation method based on a learning result of the learning unit.
(6)
The information processing apparatus according to any one of (1) to (5), wherein the presentation control unit selects the presentation information transmission unit based on the context of the user.
(7)
The information processing apparatus according to (6), wherein the transmission unit is any one of text, a still image, a moving image, audio, or a combination thereof.
(8)
The information processing apparatus according to any one of (1) to (7), wherein the user context includes at least one of a context related to time, a context related to a place, and a context related to the user's behavior.
(9)
The user's context includes a person who is with the user;
The information processing apparatus according to any one of (1) to (8), wherein the selection unit selects the presentation information based on at least a person who is with the user.
(10)
The user's context includes the type of device that the user uses to present the presentation information;
The information processing apparatus according to any one of (1) to (9), wherein the presentation control unit controls the presentation method based on at least a type of the apparatus.
(11)
The selection unit selects the presentation information based on the user's context for each of two or more viewpoints based on a distribution of reaction information, which is information indicating a predetermined reaction by the user among information presented to the user. The information processing apparatus according to any one of (1) to (10).
(12)
The selection unit includes a first viewpoint based on a range of a cluster to which the reaction information belongs, a second viewpoint based on a distribution of the reaction information for each cluster, and a distribution based on the newness of the reaction information. The information according to (11), wherein the presentation information is selected for each of at least two or more of the fourth viewpoint based on the third viewpoint and the distribution based on the popularity of the reaction information. Processing equipment.
(13)
The information processing apparatus according to any one of (1) to (12), further including a context detection unit that detects the context of the user.
(14)
A context acquisition step for acquiring information indicating the user's context;
A selection step of selecting presentation information that is information to be presented to the user based on the context of the user;
A presentation control step of controlling the presentation information presentation method based on the user's context.
(15)
A context acquisition step for acquiring information indicating the user's context;
A selection step of selecting presentation information that is information to be presented to the user based on the context of the user;
A program for causing a computer to execute a process including a presentation control step for controlling a presentation information presentation method based on a context of the user.
(16)
A context acquisition unit that acquires information indicating the user's context;
An information processing apparatus comprising: a presentation control unit that controls a presentation information presentation method that is information presented to the user based on the user context.
(17)
A context acquisition unit that acquires information about the user's context;
An information processing apparatus comprising: a selection unit that selects presentation information that is information to be presented to the user based on the user's preference for each context.
 1 情報処理ステム, 11 サーバ, 12 クライアント, 101 情報取得部, 102 クラスタリング部, 103 提示情報選択部, 111 情報収集モジュール, 112 情報編集モジュール, 113 言語解析モジュール, 114 トピック解析モジュール, 115 情報個人化モジュール, 116 情報統合モジュール, 122 情報収集部, 132 情報編集部, 141 言語解析部, 151 トピック解析部, 161 選択部, 162 学習部, 171 検索部, 172 推薦部, 181 管理部, 182 提示制御部, 183 ユーザ情報取得部, 184 通信部, 201 情報提示モジュール, 202 反応検出モジュール, 203 コンテクスト検出モジュール, 204 情報統合モジュール, 212 制御部, 213 提示部, 221 入力部, 222 検出部, 223 反応解析部, 232 検出部, 233 コンテクスト解析部, 241 管理部, 242 通信部 1 Information processing system, 11 servers, 12 clients, 101 information acquisition unit, 102 clustering unit, 103 presentation information selection unit, 111 information collection module, 112 information editing module, 113 language analysis module, 114 topic analysis module, 115 information personalization Module, 116 information integration module, 122 information collection unit, 132 information editing unit, 141 language analysis unit, 151 topic analysis unit, 161 selection unit, 162 learning unit, 171 search unit, 172 recommendation unit, 181 management unit, 182 presentation control Part, 183 user information acquisition part, 184 communication part, 201 information presentation module, 202 reaction detection module, 203 context detection module , 204 Information integration module, 212 control unit, 213 presentation unit, 221 input unit, 222 detection unit, 223 reaction analysis unit, 232 detection unit, 233 context analysis unit, 241 management unit, 242 communication unit

Claims (17)

  1.  ユーザのコンテクストに関する情報を取得するコンテクスト取得部と、
     前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて、前記ユーザに提示する情報である提示情報を選択する選択部と、
     前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて、前記提示情報の提示方法を制御する提示制御部と
     を含む情報処理装置。
    A context acquisition unit that acquires information about the user's context;
    A selection unit that selects presentation information that is information to be presented to the user based on the context of the user;
    An information processing apparatus comprising: a presentation control unit that controls a method of presenting the presentation information based on the context of the user.
  2.  前記選択部は、前記ユーザのコンテクスト毎の嗜好に基づいて前記提示情報を選択する
     請求項1に記載の情報処理装置。
    The information processing apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the selection unit selects the presentation information based on a preference of the user for each context.
  3.  前記ユーザのコンテクスト毎の嗜好を学習する学習部を
     さらに含む請求項2に記載の情報処理装置。
    The information processing apparatus according to claim 2, further comprising a learning unit that learns a preference for each context of the user.
  4.  前記学習部は、ユーザ毎にコンテクストの分類方法を変更して各ユーザの嗜好を学習する
     請求項3に記載の情報処理装置。
    The information processing apparatus according to claim 3, wherein the learning unit learns each user's preference by changing a context classification method for each user.
  5.  前記ユーザのコンテクスト毎に前記提示方法に対する前記ユーザの嗜好を学習する学習部を
     さらに含み、
     前記提示制御部は、前記学習部の学習結果に基づいて前記提示方法を制御する
     請求項1に記載の情報処理装置。
    A learning unit that learns the user's preference for the presentation method for each context of the user;
    The information processing apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the presentation control unit controls the presentation method based on a learning result of the learning unit.
  6.  前記提示制御部は、前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて、前記提示情報の伝達手段を選択する
     請求項1に記載の情報処理装置。
    The information processing apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the presentation control unit selects a transmission unit for the presentation information based on the context of the user.
  7.  前記伝達手段は、テキスト、静止画、若しくは、動画、若しくは、音声、又は、それらの組み合わせのいずれかである
     請求項6に記載の情報処理装置。
    The information processing apparatus according to claim 6, wherein the transmission unit is any one of text, a still image, a moving image, audio, or a combination thereof.
  8.  前記ユーザのコンテクストは、時間に関するコンテクスト、場所に関するコンテクスト、及び、前記ユーザの行動に関するコンテクストのうち少なくとも1つを含む
     請求項1に記載の情報処理装置。
    The information processing apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the user context includes at least one of a context related to time, a context related to a place, and a context related to the user's behavior.
  9.  前記ユーザのコンテクストは、前記ユーザと一緒にいる人を含み、
     前記選択部は、少なくとも前記ユーザと一緒にいる人に基づいて、前記提示情報を選択する
     請求項1に記載の情報処理装置。
    The user's context includes a person who is with the user;
    The information processing apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the selection unit selects the presentation information based on at least a person who is with the user.
  10.  前記ユーザのコンテクストは、前記ユーザが前記提示情報の提示に用いる装置の種類を含み、
     前記提示制御部は、少なくとも前記装置の種類に基づいて、前記提示方法を制御する
     請求項1に記載の情報処理装置。
    The user's context includes the type of device that the user uses to present the presentation information;
    The information processing apparatus according to claim 1, wherein the presentation control unit controls the presentation method based on at least a type of the apparatus.
  11.  前記選択部は、前記ユーザに提示した情報のうち前記ユーザが所定の反応を示した情報である反応情報の分布に基づく2以上の観点毎に、前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて前記提示情報を選択する
     請求項1に記載の情報処理装置。
    The selection unit selects the presentation information based on the user's context for each of two or more viewpoints based on a distribution of reaction information, which is information indicating a predetermined reaction by the user among information presented to the user. The information processing apparatus according to claim 1.
  12.  前記選択部は、前記反応情報が属するクラスタの範囲の広さに基づく第1の観点、前記反応情報の前記クラスタ毎の分布に基づく第2の観点、前記反応情報の新しさを基準とする分布に基づく第3の観点、及び、前記反応情報の人気度を基準とする分布に基づく第4の観点のうち少なくとも2以上の観点毎に、前記提示情報を選択する
     請求項11に記載の情報処理装置。
    The selection unit includes a first viewpoint based on a range of a cluster to which the reaction information belongs, a second viewpoint based on a distribution of the reaction information for each cluster, and a distribution based on the newness of the reaction information. 12. The information processing according to claim 11, wherein the presentation information is selected for each of at least two viewpoints among a third viewpoint based on the fourth viewpoint and a fourth viewpoint based on a distribution based on the popularity of the reaction information. apparatus.
  13.  前記ユーザのコンテクストを検出するコンテクスト検出部を
     さらに含む請求項1に記載の情報処理装置。
    The information processing apparatus according to claim 1, further comprising a context detection unit that detects the context of the user.
  14.  ユーザのコンテクストに関する情報を取得するコンテクスト取得ステップと、
     前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて、前記ユーザに提示する情報である提示情報を選択する選択ステップと、
     前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて、前記提示情報の提示方法を制御する提示制御ステップと
     を含む情報処理方法。
    A context acquisition step for acquiring information about the user's context;
    A selection step of selecting presentation information that is information to be presented to the user based on the context of the user;
    A presentation control step of controlling the presentation information presentation method based on the user's context.
  15.  ユーザのコンテクストに関する情報を取得するコンテクスト取得ステップと、
     前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて、前記ユーザに提示する情報である提示情報を選択する選択ステップと、
     前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて、前記提示情報の提示方法を制御する提示制御ステップと
     を含む処理をコンピュータに実行させるためのプログラム。
    A context acquisition step for acquiring information about the user's context;
    A selection step of selecting presentation information that is information to be presented to the user based on the context of the user;
    A program for causing a computer to execute a process including a presentation control step for controlling a presentation information presentation method based on a context of the user.
  16.  ユーザのコンテクストに関する情報を取得するコンテクスト取得部と、
     前記ユーザのコンテクストに基づいて、前記ユーザに提示する情報である提示情報の提示方法を制御する提示制御部と
     を含む情報処理装置。
    A context acquisition unit that acquires information about the user's context;
    An information processing apparatus comprising: a presentation control unit that controls a presentation information presentation method that is information presented to the user based on the user context.
  17.  ユーザのコンテクストに関する情報を取得するコンテクスト取得部と、
     前記ユーザのコンテクスト毎の嗜好に基づいて、前記ユーザに提示する情報である提示情報を選択する選択部と
     を含む情報処理装置。
    A context acquisition unit that acquires information about the user's context;
    An information processing apparatus comprising: a selection unit that selects presentation information that is information to be presented to the user based on the user's preference for each context.
PCT/JP2016/050448 2015-01-23 2016-01-08 Information processing device, information processing method, and program WO2016117382A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015011590A JP2016136355A (en) 2015-01-23 2015-01-23 Information processing device, information processing method, and program
JP2015-011590 2015-01-23

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2016117382A1 true WO2016117382A1 (en) 2016-07-28

Family

ID=56416930

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2016/050448 WO2016117382A1 (en) 2015-01-23 2016-01-08 Information processing device, information processing method, and program

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (1) JP2016136355A (en)
WO (1) WO2016117382A1 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11270682B2 (en) 2017-06-09 2022-03-08 Sony Corporation Information processing device and information processing method for presentation of word-of-mouth information

Families Citing this family (6)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6759907B2 (en) * 2016-09-12 2020-09-23 大日本印刷株式会社 Information presentation device and program
JP6434954B2 (en) * 2016-11-28 2018-12-05 ヤフー株式会社 Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
JP6832759B2 (en) * 2017-03-15 2021-02-24 ヤフー株式会社 Display program, display method, terminal device, information processing device, information processing method, and information processing program
JP6895167B2 (en) * 2017-06-30 2021-06-30 国立大学法人東京農工大学 Utility value estimator and program
JP6557376B1 (en) * 2018-03-20 2019-08-07 ヤフー株式会社 Output control device, output control method, and output control program
WO2023175668A1 (en) * 2022-03-14 2023-09-21 日本電気株式会社 Information processing method

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20020087525A1 (en) * 2000-04-02 2002-07-04 Abbott Kenneth H. Soliciting information based on a computer user's context
JP2006040266A (en) * 2004-06-24 2006-02-09 Nec Corp Information providing device, information provision method and program for information provision
JP2012256183A (en) * 2011-06-08 2012-12-27 Hitachi Solutions Ltd Information presentation device
JP2013114603A (en) * 2011-11-30 2013-06-10 Toyota Motor Corp In-vehicle information providing apparatus and method
WO2014171373A1 (en) * 2013-04-17 2014-10-23 ソニー株式会社 Information processing device, information processing method, and program

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20020087525A1 (en) * 2000-04-02 2002-07-04 Abbott Kenneth H. Soliciting information based on a computer user's context
JP2006040266A (en) * 2004-06-24 2006-02-09 Nec Corp Information providing device, information provision method and program for information provision
JP2012256183A (en) * 2011-06-08 2012-12-27 Hitachi Solutions Ltd Information presentation device
JP2013114603A (en) * 2011-11-30 2013-06-10 Toyota Motor Corp In-vehicle information providing apparatus and method
WO2014171373A1 (en) * 2013-04-17 2014-10-23 ソニー株式会社 Information processing device, information processing method, and program

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11270682B2 (en) 2017-06-09 2022-03-08 Sony Corporation Information processing device and information processing method for presentation of word-of-mouth information

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2016136355A (en) 2016-07-28

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2016117382A1 (en) Information processing device, information processing method, and program
US20230328051A1 (en) Methods, systems, and media for presenting information related to an event based on metadata
TWI636416B (en) Method and system for multi-phase ranking for content personalization
JP6242426B2 (en) System and method for using knowledge representation to provide information based on environmental inputs
US10867133B2 (en) System and method for using a knowledge representation to provide information based on environmental inputs
TWI533246B (en) Method and system for discovery of user unknown interests
US20150379146A1 (en) Peer-to-peer access of personalized profiles using content intermediary
CN113963697A (en) Computer speech recognition and semantic understanding from activity patterns
US20170060872A1 (en) Recommending a content curator
JP6405704B2 (en) Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
US20090259606A1 (en) Diversified, self-organizing map system and method
US8626697B1 (en) Website user profiling using anonymously collected data
US20140280554A1 (en) Method and system for dynamic discovery and adaptive crawling of content from the internet
Singh et al. A novel deep neural-based music recommendation method considering user and song data
WO2016194621A1 (en) Information processing device, information processing method, and program
US20130179149A1 (en) Communication processing
JP2019036191A (en) Determination device, method for determination, and determination program
CN110799946B (en) Multi-application user interest memory management
KR20160000446A (en) System for identifying human relationships around users and coaching based on identified human relationships
EP2677484B1 (en) System and method for making personalised recommendations to a user of a mobile computing device, and computer program product
US10616349B2 (en) Hybrid sensor centric recommendation engine
US20220188363A1 (en) Information processing apparatus, information processing method, and program
CN113420209A (en) Recommendation method, device and equipment based on weather search and storage medium
Akermi Un modèle hybride pour la recommandation proactive et contextuelle
JP6018944B2 (en) Plural personality information processing apparatus, plural personality information processing method, and plural personality information processing program

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 16739989

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 16739989

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1